HMC Theta Ii Etc/Bin: Document Name: Project
HMC Theta Ii Etc/Bin: Document Name: Project
HMC Theta Ii Etc/Bin: Document Name: Project
Diese Information ist lediglich eine technische Beschreibung des Produktes. Sie stellt keine Beschaffenheits-
oder Haltbarkeitsgarantie im Sinne des Paragraphen 443 BGB dar.
This information is exclusively a technical description of the products. It is not meant or intends to be a
special guarantee for a particular quality or durability with regard to section 443 BGB (German Civil Code).
Info
r
Wir mati
o
i Än nsko
d be
for a u d e ru pi e
Info sgetauscng nicht !
rma ht
tion
only
!
Version: 20.0
Release Date: 2008-05-27
held liable for payment of damages. All rights created by patent grant or
Transmittal, reproduction, dissemination and/or editing of this document
Chapter Baseline
Contents of All Chapters 691F00
Date Department Sign
Designed by GC Shin 2008-05-27 SV P GS ES
Released by G. Raab 2008-05-27 SV P GS Sys2 PL
Designation
Engine Management System HMC Theta II ETC/BIN
held liable for payment of damages. All rights created by patent grant or 20.0 ECM
Transmittal, reproduction, dissemination and/or editing of this document
Chapter Baseline
Contents of All Chapters 691F00
Date Department Sign
Designed by GC Shin 2008-05-27 SV P GS ES
Released by G. Raab 2008-05-27 SV P GS Sys2 PL
Designation
Engine Management System HMC Theta II ETC/BIN
1 General 114
1.1 General 129
1.1.1 Application of the system for natural aspirateded system 129
held liable for payment of damages. All rights created by patent grant or
Transmittal, reproduction, dissemination and/or editing of this document
Chapter Baseline
Contents of All Chapters 691F00
Date Department Sign
Designed by GC Shin 2008-05-27 SV P GS ES
Released by G. Raab 2008-05-27 SV P GS Sys2 PL
Designation
Engine Management System HMC Theta II ETC/BIN
Chapter Baseline
Contents of All Chapters 691F00
Date Department Sign
Designed by GC Shin 2008-05-27 SV P GS ES
Released by G. Raab 2008-05-27 SV P GS Sys2 PL
Designation
Engine Management System HMC Theta II ETC/BIN
2.16.3.2 Post Pulses (Injection after ignition TDC, e.g. for catalyst heating) 377
2.16.3.3 Injector current control (ATIC 21) 379
registration of a utility model or design patent are reserved.
2.21 Get SLV VVT Electric Diagnosis Result - Requirements to Infrastructure 396
Chapter Baseline
Contents of All Chapters 691F00
Date Department Sign
Designed by GC Shin 2008-05-27 SV P GS ES
Released by G. Raab 2008-05-27 SV P GS Sys2 PL
Designation
Engine Management System HMC Theta II ETC/BIN
Chapter Baseline
Contents of All Chapters 691F00
Date Department Sign
Designed by GC Shin 2008-05-27 SV P GS ES
Released by G. Raab 2008-05-27 SV P GS Sys2 PL
Designation
Engine Management System HMC Theta II ETC/BIN
4.7.4.2 Initialization at PWLOFF of variables for checking whether there was a hot start: 631
others without express authorization are prohibited. Offenders will be
as well as utilization of its contents and communication there of to
4.9 Sensor specific Air Mass Flow Variables (only in case of MAF Sensor) 638
4.9.1 INSY_MDLADMAF0 639
4.9.1.1 INSY_MDLADMAF0/OPERATE_SEG 640
is active: 674
others without express authorization are prohibited. Offenders will be
as well as utilization of its contents and communication there of to
4.18 Basic Volumetric Efficiency for IVVT at Inlet and Outlet 854
4.18.1 Standard EFF_VOL calculation (Seg-Syn.), using camshaft position mean value 856
4.18.2 EFF_VOL-REQ-calculation for CAM_OFS-adaptation (20ms), when requested 856
4.18.3 Main algorithm for the Basic Volumetric Efficiency - slope and offset 857
Chapter Baseline
Contents of All Chapters 691F00
Date Department Sign
Designed by GC Shin 2008-05-27 SV P GS ES
Released by G. Raab 2008-05-27 SV P GS Sys2 PL
Designation
Engine Management System HMC Theta II ETC/BIN
4.40 Air Temperatures at Throttle, Intake Manifold and Cyl. (Appl. Inc.) 955
Chapter Baseline
Contents of All Chapters 691F00
Date Department Sign
Designed by GC Shin 2008-05-27 SV P GS ES
Released by G. Raab 2008-05-27 SV P GS Sys2 PL
Designation
Engine Management System HMC Theta II ETC/BIN
4.79.1.7 Engine roughness adaptive values on the same physical segment out of range 1185
as well as utilization of its contents and communication there of to
4.79.1.8 Application specific inhibition request for engine roughness adaptive process 1185
registration of a utility model or design patent are reserved.
4.79.1.9 Inhibition request for engine roughness adaptive process linked to OBD errors 1185
4.79.2 End of line specific request for ER segment adaptive values learning process 1186
4.79.3 Engine roughness adaptive learning process management 1188
4.79.3.1 Engine roughness adaptive learning process 1189
4.79.3.2 Engine roughness offset during first adaptive process phase 1191
4.79.4 Engine roughness adaptive values calculation & filtering 1193
4.79.5 Engine roughness adaptive values difference on the same physical segment out of
range 1198
4.79.6 Actual adaptive values versus engine speed 1202
Chapter Baseline
Contents of All Chapters 691F00
Date Department Sign
Designed by GC Shin 2008-05-27 SV P GS ES
Released by G. Raab 2008-05-27 SV P GS Sys2 PL
Designation
Engine Management System HMC Theta II ETC/BIN
Chapter Baseline
Contents of All Chapters 691F00
Date Department Sign
Designed by GC Shin 2008-05-27 SV P GS ES
Released by G. Raab 2008-05-27 SV P GS Sys2 PL
Designation
Engine Management System HMC Theta II ETC/BIN
Chapter Baseline
Contents of All Chapters 691F00
Date Department Sign
Designed by GC Shin 2008-05-27 SV P GS ES
Released by G. Raab 2008-05-27 SV P GS Sys2 PL
Designation
Engine Management System HMC Theta II ETC/BIN
5.2 Basic Operating States : LV_ST, LV_IS, LV_PL, LV_PU & LV_PUC 1376
5.2.1 Engine operating state : ” Start ” (LV_ST) 1376
5.2.2 Engine operating state : ” Idle Speed ” (LV_IS) 1377
5.2.3 Engine operating state : ” Part Load ” (LV_PL) 1378
5.2.4 Engine operating state : ” Trailing Throttle ” (LV_PU) 1379
5.2.5 Engine operating state : ” Trailing Throttle Fuel Cut Off ” (LV_PUC) 1382
5.2.5.1 Minimum engine speed for LV_PUC detection 1382
5.2.5.2 LV_PUC Hysteresis 1383
5.2.5.3 Deactivation of LV_PUC 1385
5.2.6 Logical variable trailing trottle fuel cut-off request LV_PUC_REQ 1388
5.6.5 Time after start and the saved value after engine stopped: T_AST / T_AST_STOP 1423
6 Ignition 1432
6.1 General Ignition Angle 1444
6.1.1 General information: 1445
Chapter Baseline
Contents of All Chapters 691F00
Date Department Sign
Designed by GC Shin 2008-05-27 SV P GS ES
Released by G. Raab 2008-05-27 SV P GS Sys2 PL
Designation
Engine Management System HMC Theta II ETC/BIN
7 Injection 1594
7.1 Final Injection Timing 1632
7.1.1 Calculation of TI_1_HOM_x 1633
7.1.1.1 Calculation of the minimal applied injection time 1633
7.1.1.2 Calculation of the cylinder individual injection times 1633
7.1.1.3 Calculation of minimum and maximum injection times 1633
7.1.1.4 Calculation of the final cylinder individual homogeneous injection times 1634
7.1.2 Calculation of LV_AUTH_TI_MIN_AFL 1635
Chapter Baseline
Contents of All Chapters 691F00
Date Department Sign
Designed by GC Shin 2008-05-27 SV P GS ES
Released by G. Raab 2008-05-27 SV P GS Sys2 PL
Designation
Engine Management System HMC Theta II ETC/BIN
7.17 Fuel mass setpoint of post injection for catalyst heating 1741
7.17.1 General information 1741
7.31 Sequential fuel cut off and restart fuel feed 1825
7.31.1 Calculation of TQI_SP_SLOW dynamic 1825
7.31.2 NR_PAT_SEL_CYL calculation 1826
7.31.2.1 Calculation of T_OSC_DT: 1826
7.31.2.2 Transition from PU → PUC ( CASE 1 ) 1826
7.31.2.3 Transition from PUC → IS or PUC → PU ( CASE 2 ) 1827
7.31.2.4 Transition from PUC → PL ( CASE 3 ) 1828
7.34 Application incidences for upstream oxygen sensor heater management 1860
Chapter Baseline
Contents of All Chapters 691F00
Date Department Sign
Designed by GC Shin 2008-05-27 SV P GS ES
Released by G. Raab 2008-05-27 SV P GS Sys2 PL
Designation
Engine Management System HMC Theta II ETC/BIN
7.49 Downstream fuel trim regulation by LAM - P - Jump delay time 2016
7.49.1 Calculation of the deviation 2019
7.49.2 Calculation of the internal state variable LV_LAM_ADJ_PER_VLD[i] 2019
7.49.3 Calculation of controller components 2019
7.49.3.1 Calculation of the air-mass-flow-integral 2019
7.49.3.1.1 Conditional release after PUC 2019
7.49.3.1.2 Conditional release after new activation 2019
7.49.3.2 Calculation of the proportional-action controller (P component) 2019
7.49.3.3 Calculation of the integral-action controller (I component) 2019
7.49.3.4 Limitation of the integrator 2020
7.49.3.5 Calculation of the I-share mean value 2020
7.49.4 Calculation of the controller output 2020
7.49.5 Calculation of the adaptation value T_DLY_I_AD_LAM_ADJ[i] and
T_DLY_I_AD_LAM_ADJ_CAT_DIAG[i] 2020
7.51.4 Calculation of the output signals for fuel mass flow set point correction 2051
as well as utilization of its contents and communication there of to
7.54 Lambda Setpoint for Single Cylinder Fuel Shut Off 2065
9.8 Adaptation of lower and higher of VIM (variable intake manifold) 2258
9.15 Adaptation of Lower and Higher Port Flap Stop Positions 2289
9.15.1 Initialization: 2289
9.18.4 Stop of opening ramp of CPS valve due to detection of lean mixture 2352
9.18.5 Calculation of LV_CLOSE_ACT_CP 2352
9.18.6 Variable minimum time duration for canister purge time phase 2353
9.18.7 Application incidences for CPPWM frequency switch 2354
Chapter Baseline
Contents of All Chapters 691F00
Date Department Sign
Designed by GC Shin 2008-05-27 SV P GS ES
Released by G. Raab 2008-05-27 SV P GS Sys2 PL
Designation
Engine Management System HMC Theta II ETC/BIN
9.27 Engine and Air Intake System Protection from Overpressure 2413
9.27.1 CHRG_REQGNPROTP0 2414
9.27.1.1 SUBFUNCTION: INIT 2416
9.27.1.2 SUBFUNCTION: operate_10ms 2417
9.28 Engine Stop Function for Dual Mass Flywheel Oscillation 2419
9.42 IVVT Bank Mean Camshaft Position and Valve Overlap 2515
9.47 Activation conditions and Data Acquisition for Camshaft offset adaptation 2560
9.47.1 INSY_M908F 2566
9.47.1.1 Initialisation 2569
9.47.1.2 AR_RED_AD_ADD calculation for Camshaft offset adaptation 2570
9.47.1.3 Detection of limited dynamics condition 2579
Chapter Baseline
Contents of All Chapters 691F00
Date Department Sign
Designed by GC Shin 2008-05-27 SV P GS ES
Released by G. Raab 2008-05-27 SV P GS Sys2 PL
Designation
Engine Management System HMC Theta II ETC/BIN
9.78 Charger model for turbo charger at setpoint (Appl. inc.) 2733
9.78.1 CHRG_ISPCLCHAEN0 2733
9.78.1.1 SUBFUNCTION: INIT 2735
9.78.1.2 SUBFUNCTION: operate_seg 2735
9.86.2.1.2.3 CHRG_ACCTLWG0/OPM/CLC_OPM/SUB_2_INV_MDL_EPC/SUB_23_PWM_WG2833
as well as utilization of its contents and communication there of to
version) 2835
9.87.1 FUNCTION PART: CHRG_ACCTLWGAI0 2837
9.87.1.1 SUBFUNCTION: INIT 2838
9.87.1.2 SUBFUNCTION: operate_10ms 2839
9.88 Waste gate position setpoint and exhaust gas force calculation 2843
9.88.1 CHRG_ISPCLPSNWG0 2843
9.88.1.1 SUBFUNCTION: INIT 2844
9.88.1.2 SUBFUNCTION: operate_10ms 2845
Chapter Baseline
Contents of All Chapters 691F00
Date Department Sign
Designed by GC Shin 2008-05-27 SV P GS ES
Released by G. Raab 2008-05-27 SV P GS Sys2 PL
Designation
Engine Management System HMC Theta II ETC/BIN
Chapter Baseline
Contents of All Chapters 691F00
Date Department Sign
Designed by GC Shin 2008-05-27 SV P GS ES
Released by G. Raab 2008-05-27 SV P GS Sys2 PL
Designation
Engine Management System HMC Theta II ETC/BIN
A.28 Intake Air tempreature sensor intermittent and stuck dignosis 3186
A.28.1 Intermittent Failure Monitoring (“INTM”): 3187
A.28.2 Stuck Signal Failure Monitoring (“DYN”): 3189
A.29 Electrical ambient air temperature sensor diagnosis (TAM from analog sensor)3192
A.32 Error flags for TAM, TIA_THR, TIA_IM and TIA_CYL 3199
A.32.1 General information [Version for : NC_CHRG_CONF<>0 And
NC_TIA_CONF=10,11,12,13,21,22,23,24,30] 3199
A.32.2 LV_ERR_TAM definition: 3200
A.32.3 LV_ERR_TIA_THR, LV_ERR_TIA_IM and LV_ERR_TIA_CYL definition: 3200
A.32.4 LV_ERR_EL_TIA_THR and LV_END_DIAG_EL_TIA_THR definition: 3202
A.35.1.2 Preliminary coolant temperature failure (at ERU / at ES after ERU_to_ES) 3210
A.35.2 Coolant temperature signal range diagnosis (TCO_EL) 3211
registration of a utility model or design patent are reserved.
Chapter Baseline
Contents of All Chapters 691F00
Date Department Sign
Designed by GC Shin 2008-05-27 SV P GS ES
Released by G. Raab 2008-05-27 SV P GS Sys2 PL
Designation
Engine Management System HMC Theta II ETC/BIN
A.54 IVVT Camshaft Position Deviation Diagnosis - Rate Based Monitoring 3367
A.91 Turbo charger diagnosis (over speed and over temperature) 3578
others without express authorization are prohibited. Offenders will be
Chapter Baseline
Contents of All Chapters 691F00
Date Department Sign
Designed by GC Shin 2008-05-27 SV P GS ES
Released by G. Raab 2008-05-27 SV P GS Sys2 PL
Designation
Engine Management System HMC Theta II ETC/BIN
Chapter Baseline
Contents of All Chapters 691F00
Date Department Sign
Designed by GC Shin 2008-05-27 SV P GS ES
Released by G. Raab 2008-05-27 SV P GS Sys2 PL
Designation
Engine Management System HMC Theta II ETC/BIN
Chapter Baseline
Contents of All Chapters 691F00
Date Department Sign
Designed by GC Shin 2008-05-27 SV P GS ES
Released by G. Raab 2008-05-27 SV P GS Sys2 PL
Designation
Engine Management System HMC Theta II ETC/BIN
B.6 Misfire Rate Determination and Error Management - Application Incidences 3849
B.6.1 Application Incidences data for diagnosis 3849
B.6.1.1 Inputs for project specific diagnosis functions: 3850
B.6.1.2 3850
B.6.1.3 Request to evaluate CARB A criterion with project specific calibration set 3850
B.6.1.4 Request to evaluate CARB B1 & B4 criterions with project specific calibration set 3850
B.6.2 Determination of CARB misfire criterion monitoring conditions (ER algorithm
integration, NC_MISF_VERS = 1) 3851
B.6.3 Specific cylinder misfire errors 3854
B.6.4 Output data: 3854
B.6.5 Random/Multiple cylinder misfire failure 3860
B.6.6 Misfire Diagnosis Failure Class 3863
B.13.4 Detection of diagnosis area and request for forced lambda adaptation
as well as utilization of its contents and communication there of to
(LV_LAM_LIM_MFF_AD_i = 1) 4003
registration of a utility model or design patent are reserved.
B.15 Limited dynamic for catalyst efficiency and oxygen sensor diagnosis 4017
B.15.1 Limited engine speed (N) dynamics 4018
Chapter Baseline
Contents of All Chapters 691F00
Date Department Sign
Designed by GC Shin 2008-05-27 SV P GS ES
Released by G. Raab 2008-05-27 SV P GS Sys2 PL
Designation
Engine Management System HMC Theta II ETC/BIN
B.28 Catalyst Efficiency Diagnosis (OSC Method) for binary lambda control 4128
B.28.1 Diagnosis algorithm 4134
B.28.2 Application Assistance 4147
B.28.3 Overview: Chronological order of diagnosis algorithm: 4148
B.28.4 Application Incidence for Catalyst Efficiency Diagnosis (OSC Method) 4150
B.28.4.1 Diagnosis inhibition flag 4150
B.28.4.2 O2 sensors diagnosis end flag grouping 4152
B.28.4.3 Interface to Rate-Based Monitoring 4153
B.29 Catalyst efficiency diagnosis (error interface for one cylinder bank) 4157
B.35 Application incidences for Ambient and Manifold Pressure Plausibility Diagnosis4213
B.35.1 Initialization: 4216
B.35.1.1 Initialization at ECU reset: 4216
B.35.1.2 Initialization at first valid tooth event: 4216
B.35.2 operate_100ms: 4217
B.35.2.1 Calculation of LV_INH_DIAG_PRS_AIR_PLAUS: 4217
B.36 Charge Air Pressure and PWM_WG Plausibility Diagnosis (CAP) 4218
B.36.1 General information 4220
B.36.1.1 Initialization 4222
B.36.1.2 Formula section 4223
held liable for payment of damages. All rights created by patent grant or
Transmittal, reproduction, dissemination and/or editing of this document
B.37 Application incidences for Charge Air Pressure and PWM_WG Plausibility
Diagnosis (CAP) 4228
registration of a utility model or design patent are reserved.
B.37.1 Interface for RBM – Charge air pressure LOW diagnosis (CAP_L) 4230
B.37.2 Interface for RBM – Charge air pressure LOW diagnosis (CAP_L_BAS) 4232
B.37.3 Interface for RBM – Charge air pressure HIGH diagnosis (CAP_H) 4234
B.37.4 Variables for fleet monitoring 4236
Chapter Baseline
Contents of All Chapters 691F00
Date Department Sign
Designed by GC Shin 2008-05-27 SV P GS ES
Released by G. Raab 2008-05-27 SV P GS Sys2 PL
Designation
Engine Management System HMC Theta II ETC/BIN
B.41 Coolant temperature high sided rationality check (Appl. Inc.) 4254
B.41.1 Coolant temperature high sided rationality check - interface parameter 4254
B.42 Interface for RBM – TCO sensor stuck high diagnosis 4256
B.44 Coolant temperature low sided rationality check (Appl. Inc.) 4262
B.44.1 Coolant temperature low sided rationality check - interface parameter 4262
B.44.2 Interface for Rate – Based - Monitoring 4264
B.46 TCO sensor stuck in range plausibility diagnosis (Appl. Inc.) 4270
B.46.1 Coolant temperature sensor stuck in range diagnosis - interface parameter 4270
Chapter Baseline
Contents of All Chapters 691F00
Date Department Sign
Designed by GC Shin 2008-05-27 SV P GS ES
Released by G. Raab 2008-05-27 SV P GS Sys2 PL
Designation
Engine Management System HMC Theta II ETC/BIN
C.2 Throttle Position Setpoint Calculation (Inverse Intake Manifold Model) 4628
C.2.1 Final throttle position setpoint value 4630
C.2.2 Calculation of the air flow function rate PSI_SP 4630
C.2.3 Calculation of the basic throttle position setpoint TPS_SP_1_BAS 4632
C.2.4 Else (New Transition controller function activated) 4636
C.2.5 Throttle Position Setpoint Limitation 4637
D.40 Minimum indicated engine torque offset during PUC (Appl. Inc.) 4850
D.40.1 General Information 4850
J EOL 5300
J.1 EVAP leakage detection 5304
J.1.1 General information 5304
J.1.2 Conditions to start the diagnosis 5305
J.1.3 Outputs to the diagnostic tester 5307
Chapter Baseline
Contents of All Chapters 691F00
Date Department Sign
Designed by GC Shin 2008-05-27 SV P GS ES
Released by G. Raab 2008-05-27 SV P GS Sys2 PL
Designation
Engine Management System HMC Theta II ETC/BIN
Chapter Baseline
Basic SW General Operation 691F00
Date Department Sign
Designed by GC Shin 2008-05-27 SV P GS ES
Released by G. Raab 2008-05-27 SV P GS Sys2 PL
Designation
Engine Management System HMC Theta II ETC/BIN
Chapter Baseline
Basic SW General Operation 691F00
Date Department Sign
Designed by GC Shin 2008-05-27 SV P GS ES
Released by G. Raab 2008-05-27 SV P GS Sys2 PL
Designation
Engine Management System HMC Theta II ETC/BIN
C_FTL_SAVE_FQ_ST_AD CPU_LOAD
as well as utilization of its contents and communication there of to
use ............................................................................ 96
others without express authorization are prohibited. Offenders will be
F
as well as utilization of its contents and communication there of to
DTP_DIF_FUC_MISS_DIAG_MOD_6
use ............................................................................ 96 FAC_DIAG_DYN_LSL_UP
registration of a utility model or design patent are reserved.
DTP_DIF_MOD_6 use.............................................................................95
use ............................................................................ 96 FAC_DIAM_DIAGCP_MAX_TOT_DC
DTP_MOD_6 use.............................................................................97
use ............................................................................ 96 FAC_DIAM_DIAGCP_MOD_6
DTP_PLAUS_H_MOD_6 use.............................................................................96
use ............................................................................ 96 FAC_FQ_ST_AD_SAVE_RNG_1
DTP_PLAUS_L_MOD_6 use.............................................................................96
use ............................................................................ 96 FAC_FQ_ST_AD_SAVE_RNG_2
use.............................................................................96
E FAC_FQ_ST_AD_SAVE_RNG_3
E_OS_STATE_STACK use.............................................................................96
def........................................................................... 112 FAC_H_RNG_LAM_AD
E_OS_USED_SYS_STACK use.............................................................................95
Chapter Baseline
Basic SW General Operation 691F00
Date Department Sign
Designed by GC Shin 2008-05-27 SV P GS ES
Released by G. Raab 2008-05-27 SV P GS Sys2 PL
Designation
Engine Management System HMC Theta II ETC/BIN
LC_AD_CLR_MAF_ALTI
others without express authorization are prohibited. Offenders will be
I def ...........................................................................107
as well as utilization of its contents and communication there of to
IGA_AD1_KNK_x__N__MAF LC_AD_CLR_MISF
registration of a utility model or design patent are reserved.
PORT_AV_GRD_OPEN_MIN_TOT_DC
others without express authorization are prohibited. Offenders will be
LV_SEG_AD_LIM_ER
as well as utilization of its contents and communication there of to
SAVE_ECU_RST_STATUS_SW_2
others without express authorization are prohibited. Offenders will be
SAVE_TQI_GS_REQ
use ............................................................................ 97
as well as utilization of its contents and communication there of to
use.............................................................................97
SAVE_ERR_INTM_DIAG_INST_ACT SAVE_TQI_MSR_REQ
registration of a utility model or design patent are reserved.
TAM
others without express authorization are prohibited. Offenders will be
V
as well as utilization of its contents and communication there of to
use ............................................................................ 95
TAM_FUEL_TEMP V_DIF_MAX_MWSS_DIAG
registration of a utility model or design patent are reserved.
Chapter Baseline
Basic SW General Operation 691F00
Date Department Sign
Designed by GC Shin 2008-05-27 SV P GS ES
Released by G. Raab 2008-05-27 SV P GS Sys2 PL
Designation
Engine Management System HMC Theta II ETC/BIN
Input data:
FUNCTION DESCRIPTION:
General information:
In order to show software version information at external monitoring equipment (ex, VMU),
version name values are defined. These values are prepared for A2L files of VMU. A2L file is
modified as ASAP formation for SAM2000 values and 6 bytes can express the software
information.
Software name can be composed of 6 byte and every one byte means one name of
SW_NAME_x
Example ) 670G30 = 36, 37, 30, 47, 33, 30 [hex] : SW_NAME_x
Formula section:
Activation: once at reset
held liable for payment of damages. All rights created by patent grant or
Transmittal, reproduction, dissemination and/or editing of this document
Input data:
FUNCTION DESCRIPTION:
General information:
In order to compensate the Voltage Tolerance of the ECU internal Reference Voltage Supply
which is used to evaluate the MAF Sensor Signal Input, a Trimming Value is determined
during the ECU Production Process at the Manufacturing End-of-Line Test.
A nominal Trimming Voltage C_V_MAF_TRIM_NOM (typically 4.000 V) is applied from an
external Precision Device to the ECU MAF Signal Input and then measured inside the ECU.
The MAF-Signal Voltage inside the ECU is measured 10 times and then averaged. The
averaged Value is stored in the non-volatile Memory and used to calculate the Trimming
Value as Ratio between the measured Voltage and the nominal Voltage.
The Trimming Value is limited to +/- 10 % (FAC_MAF_TRIM = 0.9 … 1.1).
Measured Values which are outside the allowed tolerance window indicate a too high ECU
Hardware Tolerance or a wrongly adjusted nominal Voltage and reject the ECU from the
Production Line for Rework.
The Trimming Value is determined only once in the ECU Lifetime during the VXI Test.
As the Trimming Value is unique to the ECU hardware, it is never overwritten or erased.
For Testing Purpose it is possible to switch from the trimmed value to the init value by a
held liable for payment of damages. All rights created by patent grant or
Transmittal, reproduction, dissemination and/or editing of this document
calibration constant. The trimmed value remains in the memory, but the read-out correction
others without express authorization are prohibited. Offenders will be
as well as utilization of its contents and communication there of to
Recurrence: 1 sec
Activation: always active
Deactivation: no Deactivation
Formula section:
Calibration data:
as well as utilization of its contents and communication there of to
Input data:
BIOS_RST_GET_STATUS BIOS_RST_IS_STATUS_VALID
FUNCTION DESCRIPTION:
General information:
In order to support the root-cause identification after a non-power-on ECU Reset, the
available background information from I/O Software is read out and stored to the non-volatile
memory. The stored information is only written or overwritten by unexpected resets.
The BIOS driver for the Reset provides a basic interface BIOS_RST_GET_STATUS which
describes the status of processor reset unit and cause of ECU reset, if one occurs.
There are two groups of possible reset causes:
- SW-caused resets (described by ECU_RST_STATUS_SW_1/2)
- HW-caused resets (described by ECU_RST_STATUS_HW)
held liable for payment of damages. All rights created by patent grant or
Transmittal, reproduction, dissemination and/or editing of this document
Formula section:
as well as utilization of its contents and communication there of to
Deactivation: 1. when ECU is reset through KWP service request, ECU RESET
2. when Reprogramming Session gets started
If BIOS_RST_IS_STATUS_VALID (to determine non-power-on Reset)
then write data from BIOS_RST_GET_STATUS
into ECU_RST_STATUS_SW_1
and ECU_RST_STATUS_SW_2
and ECU_RST_STATUS_HW
HW Reset Status
Bit Description Value ‘1’ Value ‘0’
15 External hard reset status (EHRS) Reset has occurred Reset has not occurred
14 External soft reset status (ESRS) Reset has occurred Reset has not occurred
13 Loss of lock reset status (LLRS) Reset has occurred Reset has not occurred
12 Software watchdog reset status (SWRS) Reset has occurred Reset has not occurred
11 Checkstop reset status (CSRS) Reset has occurred Reset has not occurred
held liable for payment of damages. All rights created by patent grant or
Transmittal, reproduction, dissemination and/or editing of this document
10 Debug port hard reset status (DBHRS) Reset has occurred Reset has not occurred
as well as utilization of its contents and communication there of to
09 Debug port soft reset status (DBSRS) Reset has occurred Reset has not occurred
registration of a utility model or design patent are reserved.
08 JTAG reset status (JTRS) Reset has occurred Reset has not occurred
07 On-chip clock switch (OCCS) Reset has occurred Reset has not occurred
06 Illegal bit change (ILBC) Reset has occurred Reset has not occurred
05 Glitch detected on PORESET pin (GPOR) Reset has occurred Reset has not occurred
04 Glitch detected on HRESET pin (GHRST) Reset has occurred Reset has not occurred
03 Glitch detected on SRESET pin (GSRST) Reset has occurred Reset has not occurred
02
01 Reserved - -
00
Input data:
Configuration data:
PHYSICAL IMPLEMENTATION
-
FUNCTION DESCRIPTION:
Any time the calibration data is programmed via KWP2000 service, the following data are
stored in the logistic area of the Siemens Boot SW:
Application conditions:
Initialisation: at programming of SIEMENS Boot Block: all variables = 0xFFh
Recurrence: -
Formula section:
The following action must be done BEFORE StartRoutineByLocalID service to erase data:
If (CAL_NAME_HIS_[NC_NR_PROG_HIS – 1][0..7] = 0xFF) /* Last entry for calibration
reprogramming history not yet filled
held liable for payment of damages. All rights created by patent grant or
Transmittal, reproduction, dissemination and/or editing of this document
Then Search next free entry (=x) in Calibration reprogramming history starting at 0
Copy actual data to position x in history:
CAL_PROG_TESTER_NR_HIS_x = NC_KWP_IO_CRSCOTSN
CAL_PROG_DATE_HIS_x = NC_KWP_IO_CPD
CAL_NAME_HIS_x = sam_name
Endif
Chapter Baseline Include File
Basic SW General Operation 691F00 5W000Z01.00B
Date Department Sign
Designed by GC Shin 2008-05-27 SV P GS ES
Released by G. Raab 2008-05-27 SV P GS Sys2 PL
Designation
Engine Management System HMC Theta II ETC/BIN
Output data:
Input data:
PHYSICAL IMPLEMENTATION
-
FUNCTION DESCRIPTION:
Any time the software is programmed via KWP2000 service, the following data are stored in
the logistic area of the Siemens Boot SW:
Application conditions:
others without express authorization are prohibited. Offenders will be
as well as utilization of its contents and communication there of to
Recurrence: -
Formula section:
The following action must be done BEFORE StartRoutineByLocalID service to erase code:
If (CAL_NAME_HIS_[NC_NR_PROG_HIS – 1][0..7] = 0xFF) /* Last entry for calibration
reprogramming history not yet filled
Then Search next free entry (=x) in Software reprogramming history starting at 0
Copy actual data to position x in history:
SW_PROG_TESTER_NR_HIS_x = NC_KWP_IO_RSCOTSN
SW_PROG_DATE_HIS_x = NC_KWP_IO_PD
SW_NAME_HIS_x = sam_name_ecu
Endif
Output data:
Application conditions:
Initialisation: at programming of SIEMENS Boot Block: all entries = 0xFFh
Formula section:
For more information see immobilizer specification.
held liable for payment of damages. All rights created by patent grant or
Transmittal, reproduction, dissemination and/or editing of this document
Output data:
Input data:
SAVE_TI_1_0[10]
SAVE_AR_RED_DIF_REL[ SAVE_CPPWM[10] SAVE_CL_MMV[10]
10]
SAVE_LV_CS[10] SAVE_CTR_DMF[10] SAVE_LV_ENG_OFF_DM SAVE_LV_ENG_OFF_DM
F_IGN[10] F_INJ[10]
SAVE_LV_ENG_OFF_DM SAVE_ECU_RST_STATU SAVE_ECU_RST_STATU SAVE_ECU_RST_STATU
F_TPS_ISA[10] S_HW[10] S_SW_1[10] S_SW_2[10]
SAVE_LV_IGN_INJ_LOCK SAVE_LV_IMOB_INJ_OFF SAVE_LV_IMOB_IGC_OF SAVE_TQI_ASR_REQ[10]
_REQ[10] [10] F[10]
SAVE_TQI_MSR_REQ[10] SAVE_TQI_ASR_SLW_RE SAVE_TQI_GS_REQ[10] SAVE_SPK_RTD_TCU[10]
Q[10]
SAVE_OBD_TPS_AV_1[10 SAVE_OBD_TPS_AV_2[10 SAVE_OBD_PV_1[10] SAVE_OBD_PV_2[10]
] ]
SAVE_ISAPWM_ISA[10] SAVE_TPS_SP[10] SAVE_LV_OFF_IV_MON[1 SAVE_LAMB_LS_UP[10]
0]
SAVE_ERR_INTM_DIAG_I CAM_OFS_IVVT_IN_MAX CAM_OFS_IVVT_EX_MAX CAM_OFS_IVVT_IN_MIN_
NST_ACT[10] _TOT_DC _TOT_DC TOT_DC
CAM_OFS_IVVT_EX_MIN CTR_SP_REQ_CAM_ADJ AR_RED_AD_CAM_AD_M AR_RED_AD_CAM_AD_MI
_TOT_DC _MAX_TOT_DC AX_TOT_DC N_TOT_DC
AR_RED_AD_ADD_DIF_M AR_RED_AD_ADD_DIF_M AR_RED_SUM_REL_MAX AR_RED_SUM_REL_MIN_
AX_TOT_DC IN_TOT_DC _TOT_DC TOT_DC
PUT_MDL_DIF_MMV_REL PUT_MDL_DIF_MMV_REL T_VIM_SWI_MEC_LONG_ T_VIM_SWI_MEC_SHO_M
_MAX_TOT_DC _MIN_TOT_DC MAX_TOT_DC AX_TOT_DC
FAC_L_RNG_LAM_AD_M FAC_L_RNG_LAM_AD_MI FAC_LAM_OUT_MAX_TO FAC_LAM_OUT_MIN_TOT
AX_TOT_DC N_TOT_DC T_DC _DC
MFF_ADD_LAM_AD_MAX MFF_ADD_LAM_AD_MIN_ T_MAX_FSD_LAM_LIM_M T_MIN_FSD_LAM_LIM_M
_TOT_DC TOT_DC AX_TOT_DC AX_TOT_DC
MFF_ADD_LAM_CYL_SEL LAM_CYL_SEL_ADJ_FAC TTIP_UP_MAX_TOT_DC[ TTIP_UP_MIN_TOT_DC
_ADJ_H_RES_x _x NC_CBK_EX_NR] [NC_CBK_EX_NR]
TCC_ERR_OBD_LSH_DO EFF_CAT_DIAG_MAX_TO FAC_MV_DIAG_DYN_MA V_PORT_OPEN_MAX_TO
WN_MAX_TOT_DC T_DC[NC_CBK_EX_NR] X_TOT_DC[NC_CBK_EX_ T_DC
[NC_CBK_EX_NR] NR]
V_PORT_OPEN_MIN_TOT V_PORT_CLOSE_MAX_T V_PORT_CLOSE_MIN_TO PORT_AV_GRD_OPEN_M
_DC OT_DC T_DC AX_TOT_DC
PORT_AV_GRD_OPEN_M PORT_AV_GRD_CLOSE_ PORT_AV_GRD_CLOSE_ CAM_OFS_IVVT_IN_1
IN_TOT_DC MAX_TOT_DC MIN_TOT_DC
CAM_OFS_IVVT_EX_1 LV_CAM_OFS_AD_END CAM_OFS_IVVT_IN_1_PR CAM_OFS_IVVT_EX_1_P
EV REV
MAP_MAX_TOT_DC MAP_MIN_TOT_DC VS_MAX_TOT_DC TOIL_GB_MAX_TOT_DC
FAC_DIAM_DIAGCP_MAX VLS_UP_MAX_TOT_DC VLS_UP_MIN_TOT_DC VLS_DOWN_MAX_TOT_D
_TOT_DC C
VLS_DOWN_MIN_TOT_D RATIO_MV_CYC_AFL_MA RATIO_MV_CYC_AFR_MA RATIO_MV_CYCNR_AFL_
C X_TOT_DC X_TOT_DC MAX_TOT_DC
RATIO_MV_CYCNR_AFR_ N_TCHA_MAX_TOT_DC
MAX_TOT_DC
General information:
held liable for payment of damages. All rights created by patent grant or
Transmittal, reproduction, dissemination and/or editing of this document
- via KW2000-protocol
registration of a utility model or design patent are reserved.
Remark : The flag LV_VB_OFF is set to 1 if the battery has been disconnected since
the last driving cycle : LV_VB_OFF = LV_IM_VB_OFF
ax
4 Mileage Counter DIST 0h lc_ad_clr_sys no
registration of a utility model or design patent are reserved.
SAVE_VLS_UP 0h
others without express authorization are prohibited. Offenders will be
as well as utilization of its contents and communication there of to
SAVE_VLS_DOWN 0h
SAVE_FAC_LAM_COR_CMN 0h
registration of a utility model or design patent are reserved.
SAVE_FAC_LAM_AD 0h
SAVE_MFF_ADD_LAM_AD 0h
SAVE_MAF 0h
SAVE_MAF_MES 0h
SAVE_MAP_MES_BAS 0h
SAVE_LV_RLY_EFP 0h
SAVE_VS 0h
SAVE_AMP_AD 0h
SAVE_IGA_AV_MV 0h
Chapter Baseline Include File
Basic SW General Operation 691F00 5W000U01.00Q
Date Department Sign
Designed by GC Shin 2008-05-27 SV P GS ES
Released by G. Raab 2008-05-27 SV P GS Sys2 PL
Designation
Engine Management System HMC Theta II ETC/BIN
TCO_E_LAM_AD_WUP C_TCO_E_LAM_AD_WUP
others without express authorization are prohibited. Offenders will be
as well as utilization of its contents and communication there of to
FAC_LAM_TCO_MIN 0h (0 %)
FAC_LAM_TCO_A 0h (0 %)
registration of a utility model or design patent are reserved.
FAC_LAM_TCO_B 0h (0 %)
FAC_LAM_TCO_C 0h (0 %)
FAC_LAM_TCO_D 0h (0 %)
FAC_LAM_TCO_E 0h (0 %)
CTR_STOP_FSD 0h
7 EXTD CTR_COLD_ST_LS_UP 0h lc_ad_clr_extd yes
CTR_COLD_ST_LS_DOWN 0h
EGY_DEW_INT_TUBE[i] 0h
V_PORT_AD_TOL C_V_PORT_AD_TOL
as well as utilization of its contents and communication there of to
V_PORT_AD_BOL C_V_PORT_AD_BOL
V_PORT_TOL C_V_PORT_AD_TOL
registration of a utility model or design patent are reserved.
V_PORT_BOL C_V_PORT_AD_BOL
LAMB_THD_VPLSL_LIM 0h
as well as utilization of its contents and communication there of to
VLS_UP_MAX_TOT_DC 0h lc_rst_fleet_stc no
VLS_UP_MIN_TOT_DC 3FFh
registration of a utility model or design patent are reserved.
TCC_ERR_OBD_LSH_DOWN_MAX_TOT_ 0h
DC
FAC_MV_DIAG_DYN_MAX_TOT_DC 0h
*) VB_OFF : this column inidicates which adaptative should be reset in case of LV_VB_OFF = 1 and
CONF_AD_RST = 2.
**) if lc_ad_clr_tps is set to 1 only the request for new adaptation is set (LV_TPS_AD_REQ); the
values are initialised to its reset values at the beginning of the adaptation
held liable for payment of damages. All rights created by patent grant or
Transmittal, reproduction, dissemination and/or editing of this document
Calibration data:
General information:
The saving of datas to the Non Volatile Memory is only allowed at the end of Power latch
before ECU switch off. The area for saved data is made of several blocks. At the end of the
Power latch data are stored from RAM to the next free block of NVMY. A reset before end of
Powerlatch prevents this saving and the last valid block is read out again at next initalisation.
If same block of Reset values is already read out for NC_MAX_RD_NVMY times, the flag
LV_ERR_RD_AR_NVMY is set.
Application conditions:
Initialisation: (no Initialisation, because Activation during reset Phase)
Activation: at Reset
Formula section:
If block n is valid, but this block has been read already
NC_MAX_RD_AR_NVMY times
then LV_ERR_RD_AR_NVMY = 1
else LV_ERR_RD_AR_NVMY = 0
endif
NC_MAX_RD_AR_NVMY = 1
Configuration data:
held liable for payment of damages. All rights created by patent grant or
Transmittal, reproduction, dissemination and/or editing of this document
FUNCTION DESCRIPTION:
General information:
The CPU load is defined as the processor activity above the background level.
The variable CPU_LOAD_MAX represents the maximum detected CPU load value. The
calibration flag LC_CPU_LOAD_MAX_RST can be used in order to reset this variable.
The variable CPU_LOAD_MAX_TOT_DC represents the maximum CPU load value over
several driving cycles since ECU programming.
Application conditions:
Initialisation: - at first ECU power up and non-volantile memory lost:
CPU_LOAD_MAX_TOT_DC = 0
- otherwise: restored from non-volantile memory
Formula section:
held liable for payment of damages. All rights created by patent grant or
Transmittal, reproduction, dissemination and/or editing of this document
ENDIF
Calibration data:
FUNCTION DESCRIPTION:
General information:
The stack monitor of Ercosek operating system is called to gain information about the stack
consumption. The maximum values are stored at ECU shutdown to track the stack
consumption over several driving cycles.
The calculations are done, when no other task is pending (background task).
The following variables are provided by the Ercosek operating system:
E_OS_STATE_STACK:
- STACK_OK: Stack consumption of user and system stack in normal ranges (0..75 %)
- USTACK_OVFL, ESTACK_OVFL: Overflow of user or Ercosek stack (> 100 %). This is
extremely dangerous and therefore prompt actions to reach 75 % have to be taken.
- USTACK_NFULL, ESTACK_NFULL: User or Ercosek stack is nearly full (75..100 %).
Actions to fulfill the requirement of max. 75 % have to be taken.
E_OS_USED_USER_STACK: Used user stack size in byte.
E_OS_USED_SYS_STACK: Used system/Ercosek stack size in byte.
held liable for payment of damages. All rights created by patent grant or
Transmittal, reproduction, dissemination and/or editing of this document
Application conditions:
as well as utilization of its contents and communication there of to
Initialisation: -
registration of a utility model or design patent are reserved.
Recurrence: background
Activation: at every engine state
Deactivation: -
Formula section:
Chapter
Ichon(ICH)
General
Designed by
Released by
G. Raab
GC Shin
general specification
Designation
Document Key
1
2008-05-27
2008-05-27
Pages
114 of 5555
A4 : 2004-06
general specification
Table of Contents
Chapter Baseline
General 691F00
Date Department Sign
Designed by GC Shin 2008-05-27 SV P GS ES
Released by G. Raab 2008-05-27 SV P GS Sys2 PL
Designation
Engine Management System HMC Theta II ETC/BIN
Chapter Baseline
General 691F00
Date Department Sign
Designed by GC Shin 2008-05-27 SV P GS ES
Released by G. Raab 2008-05-27 SV P GS Sys2 PL
Designation
Engine Management System HMC Theta II ETC/BIN
Chapter Baseline
General 691F00
Date Department Sign
Designed by GC Shin 2008-05-27 SV P GS ES
Released by G. Raab 2008-05-27 SV P GS Sys2 PL
Designation
Engine Management System HMC Theta II ETC/BIN
E LV_ACCOUT_EXT_ADJ
others without express authorization are prohibited. Offenders will be
as well as utilization of its contents and communication there of to
LV_EOL_OBD LV_EXT_ADJ_MIL
as well as utilization of its contents and communication there of to
NC_ACT_CRK_EDGE
others without express authorization are prohibited. Offenders will be
LV_PWM_WG_EXT_ADJ
use...........................................................................209
as well as utilization of its contents and communication there of to
def........................................................................... 248
LV_RCL_EXT_ADJ NC_ACTIVE_CRK_EDGE
registration of a utility model or design patent are reserved.
NC_EOI_CST_CYC_ST_ENA NC_LAM_SWI
def........................................................................... 200 def ...........................................................................138
registration of a utility model or design patent are reserved.
NC_EOI_LIM NC_LAMB_REF
def........................................................................... 200 use...........................................................................198
NC_ERR_DTC_CONF NC_LDP_1_DTC_TABLE_SIZE
use .......................................................................... 221 use...........................................................................221
NC_ERR_DTC_REQ_CUS NC_LDP_2_DTC_MIS_TABLE_SIZE
use .......................................................................... 221 use...........................................................................221
NC_ERR_DTC_REQ_OBD NC_LDP_2_DTC_TABLE_SIZE
use .......................................................................... 221 use...........................................................................221
NC_ERR_PRI_H NC_LOW_N
use .......................................................................... 221 use...........................................................................139
NC_ETC_CONF NC_LSHPWM_BOL_LSH_DOWN
def........................................................................... 216 use...........................................................................226
use .......................................................................... 229 NC_LSHPWM_BOL_LSH_UP
Chapter Baseline
General 691F00
Date Department Sign
Designed by GC Shin 2008-05-27 SV P GS ES
Released by G. Raab 2008-05-27 SV P GS Sys2 PL
Designation
Engine Management System HMC Theta II ETC/BIN
NC_NR_DIAG_SYM_RBM NC_NR_TOOTH_GAP
use .......................................................................... 221 use...........................................................................209
registration of a utility model or design patent are reserved.
NC_NR_DTC_FMT NC_NR_TOOTH_GAP_TDC
use .......................................................................... 221 use...........................................................................139
NC_NR_EDGE_CAM_EX NC_NR_TOOTH_STALL
use .......................................................................... 209 use...........................................................................209
NC_NR_EDGE_CAM_IN NC_NR_TOOTH_TDC_REF
use .......................................................................... 209 def ...........................................................................138
NC_NR_ENG_OUT_MDL NC_NR_TOOTH_TOL_ADD
def........................................................................... 207 use...........................................................................209
NC_NR_ENVD_CUS_CMN NC_NR_TOOTH_TOL_MISS
use .......................................................................... 221 use...........................................................................209
NC_NR_ENVD_CUS_SET_CMN NC_NR_TUBE_MDL
use .......................................................................... 221 def ...........................................................................207
NC_NR_ENVD_CUS_SET_SPC NC_NR_TUR_MDL
Chapter Baseline
General 691F00
Date Department Sign
Designed by GC Shin 2008-05-27 SV P GS ES
Released by G. Raab 2008-05-27 SV P GS Sys2 PL
Designation
Engine Management System HMC Theta II ETC/BIN
NC_SEG_DLY_ER_MES NC_TIA_CONF
use .......................................................................... 205 use...........................................................................194
registration of a utility model or design patent are reserved.
NC_SEG_TOOTH_RR NC_TIPO_MIN
def........................................................................... 138 def ...........................................................................138
NC_SIZE_SEG_T_COR_BUF NC_TOOTH_GRD_MAX
use .......................................................................... 205 def ...........................................................................138
NC_SIZE_THD_ER_BUF NC_TOOTH_GRD_MAX_GAP
use .......................................................................... 203 def ...........................................................................138
NC_STATE_LSL_UP_IF NC_TOOTH_GRD_MIN
def........................................................................... 227 def ...........................................................................138
NC_STATE_VLS_UP_SIG_ACQ NC_TOOTH_GRD_MIN_GAP
def........................................................................... 227 def ...........................................................................138
NC_T_BAS_FRQ_DIV NC_TYP_SENS_TEG_TUR_UP
def........................................................................... 138 def ...........................................................................219
NC_T_SEG_FRQ NC_USE_EXT_ADJ
Chapter Baseline
General 691F00
Date Department Sign
Designed by GC Shin 2008-05-27 SV P GS ES
Released by G. Raab 2008-05-27 SV P GS Sys2 PL
Designation
Engine Management System HMC Theta II ETC/BIN
def ...........................................................................247
others without express authorization are prohibited. Offenders will be
NLC_INC_ERR_PRI
STATE_CMB_CTL
as well as utilization of its contents and communication there of to
STATE_ENG
use .......................................................................... 195
use...........................................................................258
NLC_IVVT_IN
STATE_RBM_DYN_TIA
use .......................................................................... 195
def ...........................................................................257
NLC_LIH_CAM_EX
STATE_RBM_TIA_DYN
use .......................................................................... 209
use...........................................................................258
NLC_LIH_CAM_IN
STATE_SA
use .......................................................................... 209
def ...........................................................................257
NLC_LSH_RLY_EFP
STATE_SAV_DIAG
def........................................................................... 227
def ...........................................................................257
NLC_MIL_ACT_REQ
use .......................................................................... 221 T
NLC_OBD_DSL T_ACC_FATC_LEARN
use .......................................................................... 221
Chapter Baseline
General 691F00
Date Department Sign
Designed by GC Shin 2008-05-27 SV P GS ES
Released by G. Raab 2008-05-27 SV P GS Sys2 PL
Designation
Engine Management System HMC Theta II ETC/BIN
V
VB
use .......................................................................... 212
VB_CMN
def........................................................................... 212
VLFT_AV
def........................................................................... 257
VP_MAP_MAX_DIAG
use .......................................................................... 258
VP_MAP_MIN_DIAG
use .......................................................................... 258
VP_MAP_MV_MAX_DIAG
def........................................................................... 257
VP_MAP_MV_MIN_DIAG
held liable for payment of damages. All rights created by patent grant or
Transmittal, reproduction, dissemination and/or editing of this document
def........................................................................... 257
others without express authorization are prohibited. Offenders will be
as well as utilization of its contents and communication there of to
VP_TAM
use .......................................................................... 258
registration of a utility model or design patent are reserved.
VS
use .......................................................... 229, 244, 258
VS_ABS
def........................................................................... 228
VS_FIL
def........................................................................... 257
VS_STATE
def........................................................................... 257
VS_STATE_CFA
use .......................................................................... 258
VS_WHEEL_INDU
def........................................................................... 228
Chapter Baseline
General 691F00
Date Department Sign
Designed by GC Shin 2008-05-27 SV P GS ES
Released by G. Raab 2008-05-27 SV P GS Sys2 PL
Designation
Engine Management System HMC Theta II ETC/BIN
1.1.1.2 Vehicle
Description NF Facelift MY 2008 and others
Transmission M5, A5
Power steering Pressure Feedback via Pressure Switch
or Pressure Transducer
Air conditioner Pressure Feedback via Pressure Switch
or Pressure Transducer
Cooling Fan Relay Type or PWM type
Generator Load Signal PWM Type
1.1.2.2 Vehicle
as well as utilization of its contents and communication there of to
Transmission M5, A5
Power steering Pressure Feedback via Pressure Switch
or Pressure Transducer
Air conditioner Pressure Feedback via Pressure Switch
or Pressure Transducer
Cooling Fan Relay Type or PWM type
Generator Load Signal PWM Type
Chapter
Ichon(ICH)
General
Designed by
Released by
G. Raab
GC Shin
general specification
Designation
Document Key
E150-024.49.01 SPE 000 20.0
Date
Baseline
691F00
Pages
Include File
130 of 5555
5W100101.00D
A4 : 2004-06
general specification
1.2 System Performance for C-Sample (preliminary)
* Manifold Absolute Pressure Sensor with TIA Acquisition
* Pressure upstream of throttle acqusition (TCI variant)
* Ambient pressure acquisition (integrated in ECU) (for TCI variant)
* Mass Air Flow Acquisition with Backflow-Compensation (alternative to MAP Input via
configuration switch) and TIA Acquisition inside MAF Sensor
(additionally MAF input instead of PUT-Sensor for Calibration purpose possible)
* Ignition (Single Ignition Coil)
* TCO Acquisition
* TOIL Acquisition
* Heated Oxygen Sensor; Linear upstream for S-ULEV
Binary ZrO2 upstream for all other markets ;binary ZrO2 downstream
* Exhaust wastegate (variable PWM control) turbo charger bypass (TCI variant)
* Recirculation valve (on/off connected to vacuum MAP)–intake compressor bypass
(TCI variant)
* Adaptive Lambda Control
* Evaporative Emission Control
* Adaptive Idle Control
* Throttle Position Sensor (non ETC-variant)
* Electronic Throttle Control by PWM H-bridge with 2-channel Throttle Position
Sensors (ETC-variant)
* Pedal value Sensor 2 channel (ETC variant)
* Air Conditioner Compressor Control (Relay type)
* OBD-II Diagnosis and Emergency Operation
* Storage of Adaptation data and Failure Memory data in Flash Memory
* CAN Connection to other Vehicle Control Units*** (TCU; TCS; MSR; ESP)
* CAN Connection to Application System
*** Remark: The CAN specification is common for all HMC Projects with SV EMS
held liable for payment of damages. All rights created by patent grant or
Transmittal, reproduction, dissemination and/or editing of this document
CRK disk:
The falling edge of the first tooth after the gap is 114 °CRK before the ignition TDC of the first
or the fourth cylinder.
CAM disk:
The electrical falling edge of the Intake CAM signal is positioned at tooth #114 (564°CRK
absolute), the electrical rising edge of the Intake CAM signal is located at tooth #54
(204°CRK abs.).
The distinction between tooth #1 and #61 is done depending on the Intake CAM signal level
during the gap:
- Intake CAM signal level = high during the gap, then tooth #61;
- Intake CAM signal level = low during the gap, then tooth #1.
The electrical falling edge of the Exhaust CAM signal is positioned at tooth #75 (336°CRK
abs.), the electrical rising edge of the Exhaust CAM signal is located at tooth #15 (696°CRK
abs.)
An angle at start of injection of 0° means: The injection valve begins to open at the previous
ignition TDC of this cylinder. A negative SOI means that the injection will start between the
previous TDC of this cylinder and the next TDC of this cylinder.
x x x x x x x x
consecutive number
location (r = Regensburg)
engine (T = Theta)
x x x x x x x x
Connector K:
5 6 73
94
51
3 4 72
29
50
1 2
28
7
Connector A:
46 60
31 45
16 30
1 15
Connector A:
Pin No Parameter name Signal name I O Shield GND
X1-1 A1 IGC1 Ignition 1 (Cyl1-Non Immo, Cyl4-Immo) X
X1-2 A2 SHIELD Shield for ignition X
X1-3 A3 N.U.
X1-4 A4 N.U.
X1-5 A5 N.U.
X1-6 A6 N.U.
X1-7 A7 N.U.
X1-8 A8 N.U.
held liable for payment of damages. All rights created by patent grant or
Transmittal, reproduction, dissemination and/or editing of this document
X1-9 A9 N.U.
others without express authorization are prohibited. Offenders will be
Connector K:
Pin No Parameter name Signal name I O Shield GND
held liable for payment of damages. All rights created by patent grant or
Transmittal, reproduction, dissemination and/or editing of this document
NVLD-Switch (optional)
as well as utilization of its contents and communication there of to
Remark : in some cases, the physical and hexadecimal limits don’t appear because they are
not explicit in the s/w. Only the value is used.
General information:
To satisfy the spec interface (data defined and used), the following convention is applied :
- if a NC value is defined in a function (in the field " CONFIGURATION DATA), then it is
called as an INPUT in the present spec "List of Configuration Data", and its value is
affected in this present spec (even if its value is already affected in the function)
Description:
Name Value
NC_ACTIVE_CRK_EDGE 00H = 0 dec.
NC_CBK_NR 1
NC_CPPWM_CPS_BOL 024EH = 1.797%
NC_CPPWM_CPS_TOL 7DB1H = 98.189%
NC_CYC_TOOTH_NR 78H = 120
NC_FAC_MAF_INT 0198H = 408 dec.
NC_FAC_MAF_INT_100 07F8H = 2040 dec.
(called NC_FAC_MAF_INT_100ms in the s/w)
NC_FRQ_ASW 16000000
NC_FRQ_ECU 24000000
NC_IGBT_CUT_OFF_T 4E2H -> 5 msec.
NC_INI_CTR_DEAC 96H -> 600 microsec.
NC_KEY_OFF_NR 32H = 50 dec. = 50 msec
NC_KEY_OFF_THR 157dec = 9DH
held liable for payment of damages. All rights created by patent grant or
Transmittal, reproduction, dissemination and/or editing of this document
NC_KNKWB_INI 20H
NC_KNKWE_INI 90H
NC_N_DIF_MIN_CRLC -150 dec.
NC_NR_TOOTH_TDC_REF NC_NR_TOOTH_GAP_TDC = 13H = 19 dec. =
19 Teeth
NC_T_BAS_FRQ_DIV 128
NC_T_SEG_FRQ 0x401CD0
NC_T_SEG_LOW_N (T8_FREQ * NC_CYC_TOOTH_NR /
NC_CYL_NR) / NC_LOW_N
NC_T_SEG_MAX (T8_FREQ * NC_CYC_TOOTH_NR /
Chapter Baseline Include File
General 691F00 5W100402.00C
Date Department Sign
Designed by GC Shin 2008-05-27 SV P GS ES
Released by G. Raab 2008-05-27 SV P GS Sys2 PL
Designation
Engine Management System HMC Theta II ETC/BIN
Requirements:
TIA sensor electrical diagnosis (OBD1)
held liable for payment of damages. All rights created by patent grant or
Transmittal, reproduction, dissemination and/or editing of this document
megr C p (Tegr − T ) = mair C p (T − Tair ) ⇒ T = Tegr × ratio _ egr + Tair × (1 − ratio _ egr )
T − Tgas =
[
K (L, D ) Ttube − Tgas ]
flow 0.2
Where: K depends on the length of the tube (L) and its diameter (D).
flow is the mass flow of gas.
Ttube
Tgas flow T
Overview picture:
General remark concerning all Signal Flow Diagrams presented below:
. in blue ink: DIRECT data flow / in pink ink: REVERSE data flow
held liable for payment of damages. All rights created by patent grant or
Transmittal, reproduction, dissemination and/or editing of this document
Signal Flow Diagram for version: No CHRG + No External EGR (+ 2 possible TIA
sensors positions)
TIA_AM_THR
sensor
Signal Flow Diagram for version: No CHRG + External EGR (+ 2 possible TIA sensors
positions)
TAM_CAN_line TIA_IM_CYL
only sensor
TIA_AM_THR
sensor
TIA_INTER_ TIA_INTER_
UP DOWN
AV_FLOW_EGRV AV_FLOW_EGRV
TEGR_ESTIM_DOWN TEGR_ESTIM_DOWN
EGR
Module
Signal Flow Diagram for version: CHRG + No External EGR (+ 5 possible TIA sensors
positions)
held liable for payment of damages. All rights created by patent grant or
Transmittal, reproduction, dissemination and/or editing of this document
TIA_AM_THR
sensor
TIA_CHRG_DOWN
TIA_CHRG_UP
CHRG
Module
TIA_AM_CHRG TIA_CHRG_THR
sensor sensor
TIA_CHRG_MES
Signal Flow Diagram for version: CHRG + External EGR (+ 5 possible TIA sensors
positions)
TAM_CAN TIA_IM_CYL
from CAN line sensor
TIA_AM_THR
sensor
TIA_CHRG_DOWN
TIA_INTER_ TIA_INTER_
TIA_CHRG_UP CHRG UP DOWN
Module
held liable for payment of damages. All rights created by patent grant or
Transmittal, reproduction, dissemination and/or editing of this document
TIA_AM_CHRG TIA_CHRG_THR
sensor sensor AV_FLOW_EGRV AV_FLOW_EGRV
registration of a utility model or design patent are reserved.
TEGR_ESTIM_DOWN TEGR_ESTIM_DOWN
TIA_CHRG EGR
sensor Module
_ Systems equipped with a manifold pressure (MAP) sensor do not have problems with the
filling dynamics of the intake manifold. Due to the fact that the air-mass flow is not directly
measured but only calculated out of the air density, therefore it strongly depends on the
knowledge of the air-temperature in the cylinder. Any deviations from the temperatures valid
during the calibration of the engine have to be compensated.
held liable for payment of damages. All rights created by patent grant or
Transmittal, reproduction, dissemination and/or editing of this document
Overview
.
mcyl
Prs_ex
p
Tex , Vex
CAT AMP
T
ΔP
exhaust
system
• The EGPR is based on an increase of the pressure in the exhaust pipe in comparison to the
ambient pressure. This increase is proportional to the engine flow:
& eng = m
m & cyl + m
& ff _ sp (1)
404Q
402E
Engine Roughness
Engine Roughness ENRC
Segment Time
Calculation
Correction
A0EM
100K
Engine Roughness
ENRD Configuration
Diagnosis -
Data
Application Incidences
ENRD_CONFI0 ENRD_SIGDG1
Engine roughness adaptive learning process provides adaptive values to 404Q module, to
registration of a utility model or design patent are reserved.
The ENSD aggregate calculates all output data which depend on crankshaft and camshaft
sensor information. This includes:
- engine position
- engine speed
- engine speed gradient
- segment number and period
- synchronization status
- diagnosis and limp-home flags
- camshaft / VVT position feedback
- min./max. engine position for pre-injection
2) Camshaft (self-)synchronization:
as well as utilization of its contents and communication there of to
The purpose of this synchronization mode is to identify the camshaft position (0..720° CRK).
registration of a utility model or design patent are reserved.
The camshaft position is clearly identified as soon as an unambigous camshaft edge pattern
is found.
3) Camshaft/crankshaft synchronization:
The purpose of this synchronization mode is to identify the engine position (0..720° CRK).
The engine position is clearly identified as soon as an unambigous crankshaft to camshaft
position is found.
Injection / Ignition can be enabled as soon as
- engine position is identified (MPI engines)
Chapter Baseline Include File
General 691F00 30101W01.00A
Date Department Sign
Designed by GC Shin 2008-05-27 SV P GS ES
Released by G. Raab 2008-05-27 SV P GS Sys2 PL
Designation
Engine Management System HMC Theta II ETC/BIN
1.9.2 Overview
The following figure shows the functional breakdown of the ENSD aggregate:
VVTI PWSL ENRD INJR all INJR all all Tacho signal
ENSD
Engine Position and Speed
Engine speed
Calculation Engine
outputspeed
signal
output
2012 signal
2012
4040
Engine Position
Camshaft Position Camshaft
and Speed
Adaptation and Position
Synchronization Diagnosis Manager
Output Diagnosis Synchronization
determination in
402S A0B4 determination
camshaft limpinhome A0DZ ENSD
camshaft limp home ENSD
Interface
4072
4072 Interface
adaptation
adaptation
module
module
101C
101C
Camshaft
Sensor Diag
(Appl. Inc.)
A01Z
Crankshaft
sensor
plausibility
diagnosis Crankshaft
A0B9 Crankshaft
Sensor Circuit
Acquisition of Camshaft Acquisition of Crankshaft Crankshaft
Acquisition of Sensor Circuit
Camshaft Signal Sensor Crankshaft Signal Sensor Sensor Diag diagnosis
Camshaft Signal diagnosis
Diagnosis Diagnosis (Appl. Inc.)
200J A004 200H A005 A021 A0E0
200J A0E0
The light shaded blocs represent modules which are choosen in function of the actual system
configuration (Hook modules).
registration of a utility model or design patent are reserved.
The dark shaded blocs represent modules which have to be modified by the project
(„templates“ – Hook modules)
Detection of open circuit and short circuit for magnetic crankshaft position sensor.
Communication
Interface
Anti-bounce
algorithm /
Filter
Diagnosis Dynamic Error Management
algorithms
Functions Core
Failures class
others without express authorization are prohibited. Offenders will be
as well as utilization of its contents and communication there of to
Statistical data
registration of a utility model or design patent are reserved.
Rate-based monitoring
Permanent fault code
History memory
History memory permits to trace historic of deleted failures. Some specific information are
stored for each deleted failure. Only the more pertinent data linked to failure shall be stored.
Debounce algorithm
The debounce algorithms is in charge of detected failures filtering according several
available and predefined filters.
Cycle manager
Cycle manager computes driving cycle and warm-up cycle according to engine states and
engine coolant temperature. Cycle manager permits to evaluate failure states.
Failures class
Each failure can be configured to obtain a specific behaviour : emission relevant or not, can
illuminate MIL or not ... This module contain to all the predefined behaviours each failure can
be associated with. It permits to symplify greatly tuning of diagnosis by decreasing quantity of
calibrations.
DTC management
DTC management permits to catch some data when a failure becomes present and to
generate a code identifier, called DTC. It permits to identify default of the function.
Communication interface
This module allow to access failure memory data related to error management such as
held liable for payment of damages. All rights created by patent grant or
Transmittal, reproduction, dissemination and/or editing of this document
Priority rules
registration of a utility model or design patent are reserved.
This module manages dynamic memory size limitation. It defines criteria, called priority rules,
to store or not a new failure into this dynamic memory.
Environmental data
This module describes the structure of the freeze frame and its management : storage and
delete.
Similar conditions
Similar conditions are additional conditions based on engine and load status to erase a
failure in memory (for Misfire and Fuel system failure only).
Lamp management
Lamp management module can manage illumination of several warning lamps ( MIL and
other warning lamps ) including pre-drive check.
Readiness codes
Readiness codes allow to know if a diagnosis has been performed or not.
Rate-based monitoring
Rate-base monitoring functionality : monitoring performances under real world conditions.
Performs statistics calculation on diagnoses.
Statistical data
Statistical data allows monitoring and storage of statistical data on error management data flow.
According specification: "Torque based overheating prevention"; "Torque based turbine overheating prevention"
registration of a utility model or design patent are reserved.
These setpoints are inputs for other aggregates and are used if catalyst heating is active.
Some of them are inputs in application incidences of other aggregates and can be used in
different ways. The catalyst heating interfaces are marked black.
held liable for payment of damages. All rights created by patent grant or
Transmittal, reproduction, dissemination and/or editing of this document
In general there are two ways to determine the temperatures in the exhaust line:
1. Measurement of the exhaust gas temperature
2. Model of the exhaust temperature dependent on the engine operating conditions
The model is always necessary to have a back up information in case of sensor damage and
the sensor damage has also to be detected.
specification.
as well as utilization of its contents and communication there of to
6. Catalyst exhaust gas temperature model: This model part is used to simulate the
as well as utilization of its contents and communication there of to
catalyst temperature and it's dynamic. Therefore the exothermic reactions are
considered to calculate the increased temperature in the catalyst and also ambient
registration of a utility model or design patent are reserved.
temperature and vehicle speed are again used to calculate the exhaust gas
temperature downstream catalyst.
7. EXTD Output selection: At the end of the calculation all exhaust gas temperatures
are available in the array TEG[NC_NR_TEG_MDL] but the output of the aggregate
are values with a certain naming (e.g.: TEG_DYN_UP_CAT). For each value with a
certain naming a value out of TEG has to be selected. This mapping is done in this
module.
Chapter Baseline Include File
General 691F00 30102U01.00B
Date Department Sign
Designed by GC Shin 2008-05-27 SV P GS ES
Released by G. Raab 2008-05-27 SV P GS Sys2 PL
Designation
Engine Management System HMC Theta II ETC/BIN
Chapter
Ichon(ICH)
General
Designed by
Released by
G. Raab
GC Shin
general specification
Designation
Document Key
E150-024.49.01 SPE 000 20.0
Date
Baseline
691F00
Pages
Include File
160 of 5555
30102U01.00B
A4 : 2004-06
general specification
Module overview:
1.12.5 Introduction
This document is the Aggregate Integration Document of the IGRE Aggregate. Its aim is to
describe the integration constraints of this aggregate with the others. It aims with interfaces
(imported and exported), architecture, and configuration. This document covers all versions
of the IGRE aggregate.
1.12.6 Purpose
The IGRE Aggregate defines the calculation of the dwell time, the ignition realization and the
ignition diagnosis functions.
Basically the ignition command function has to fulfill two main tasks; to ensure that there is
enough energy in the ignition coil and to start the combustion at the requested ignition angle.
Knowing the desired ignition advance, engine speed and several other parameters, this
aggregate determines the correct timing for switching ON and OFF the power stage in order
to bring the ignition coil to the necessary primary current value. The time during ON state
(load phase) of the switch is often improperly called Dwell time (with reference to the dwell
ratio in breaker systems).
At the end of this Dwell time the ignition stage is switched OFF and the ignition spark is
created. The OFF event corresponds to the advance ignition angle (IGA_IGC).
Primary
Voltage
VB
~12V
Time
ON Ignition spark
The ignition command functions and the linked diagnostic functions are regrouped in the
ignition realisation aggregate.
1.12.7 Function Description
This function sets the angular position of the dwell time turn on in order to have the time to
set up the necessary current in the ignition coil.
held liable for payment of damages. All rights created by patent grant or
Transmittal, reproduction, dissemination and/or editing of this document
The strategy is based on a priority of the ignition angle. If dwell time priority is requested the
as well as utilization of its contents and communication there of to
The strategy respects ignition coils with dual and single outputs. This function could be used
independently of the number of cylinders (x) and the geometry of the crankshaft target wheel.
All of the functions described in this section operate over the entire engine speed range.
• Realization of minimum 1 ignition spark per cycle
• Realization of a number of multiple spark
IGSP configuration
data
100F Temperature
corrections on
IGA
600A
Basic IGA
calculation
601O
Corrected IGA
MPI 6019 IGA General
Reference IGA
calculation 6001
601P
DI
IGA Start
6004
IGA calculation
configuration
6023
• IGA_BAS calculation
held liable for payment of damages. All rights created by patent grant or
Transmittal, reproduction, dissemination and/or editing of this document
For the calculation of the basic ignition angle depending on the engine configuration
as well as utilization of its contents and communication there of to
• Corrected IGA
Here the corrections on IGA_BAS and IGA_REF are performed: gathering and calculation of
all corrections on the ignition angles.
In case of switch to stratified mode only the module hereafter is calculated in the software.
1.14.2 Scheme
Example for a 4 cylinder engine:
180 °CA
Segment time
TDC bdc TDC bdc TDC
110 20 50 80 110
720 °CA
Chapter
Ichon(ICH)
General
Designed by
Released by
G. Raab
GC Shin
general specification
Designation
Document Key
E150-024.49.01 SPE 000 20.0
Date
Baseline
691F00
Pages
Include File
169 of 5555
30101X01.00A
A4 : 2004-06
general specification
EGR-valve
temperature
Air Cleaner
.
megr
pressure
sensor
pamb
pthr . pim
.
. HFM mthr
. T ,V im im mcyl
m mes
pim = p fg + p egr
m
.
CPS
m CRCV
pex
Tex ,Vex
Air-mass
flow sensor Exhaust system
Variables used:
pAMP AMP Ambient pressure
• The IMM is based on the conservation of mass over the intake manifold. Assuming that
the air is an ideal gas this gives the basic equation:
∂ ⎛ pim Vim ⎞
⎜ ⎟ = m& in - m& out (3)
∂ t ⎜⎝ Rair Tim ⎟⎠
The inflowing air-mass flow is the sum of the throttle air-mass flow, the exhaust gas
recirculation, the flow through the canister purge solenoid (CPS) and the crank case air
flow (CRCV) m & in = m
& thr + m
& egr + m
& cps + m
& crcv . The outflow is the air-mass flow into the
cylinder.
Under the assumption that Tim and Vim are not time dependent (or at least quasi
stationary) the overall pressure change can be modeled as:
∂ R T
p im = air im (m
& THR + m
& EGR + m
& CPS + m & CYL )
& CRCV − m (4)
∂t Vim
• The air-mass flow through the throttle can be described with the flow of ideal gas
through throttle. Throttling will be taken into account with the reduced area Ared
2⋅χ 1
m& thr = Ared ⋅ ⋅ ⋅ p thr ⋅ Ψ (5)
χ − 1 Rair ⋅ Tim
With
⎧ 2 χ +1
⎪ ⎛ ⎞ ⎛ p ⎞ χ
⎪ ⎜ p im χ
⎟ - ⎜ im ⎟ for undercriti cal pressure ratio
⎪ ⎜⎝ p thr ⎟⎠ ⎜ p
⎝ thr
⎟
⎠
⎪
⎪ ⎛ p im ⎞
⎪ ⎜ > 0 . 53 ⎟
Ψ=⎨ ⎜ p ⎟
⎝ thr ⎠
⎪
⎪ (6)
⎪ Ψcritical = 0.2588 for overcritic al pressure ratio
⎪
⎪ ⎛ p im ⎞
⎜ < 0.53 ⎟⎟
⎪ ⎜ p
⎩ ⎝ thr ⎠
held liable for payment of damages. All rights created by patent grant or
Transmittal, reproduction, dissemination and/or editing of this document
The reduced area of the throttle Ared is a function of the throttle position TPS. The critical
others without express authorization are prohibited. Offenders will be
pressure ratio is the pressure ratio where sonic speed is reached at the throttle
as well as utilization of its contents and communication there of to
χ
pim ⎛ 2 ⎞ χ −1
= ⎜⎜ ⎟⎟ ≈ 0.53 (7)
pthr critical ⎝ χ +1⎠
• The flow into the cylinder is modeled via the (linearized) volumetric efficiency
Chapter Baseline Include File
General 691F00 30101X01.00A
Date Department Sign
Designed by GC Shin 2008-05-27 SV P GS ES
Released by G. Raab 2008-05-27 SV P GS Sys2 PL
Designation
Engine Management System HMC Theta II ETC/BIN
p fg p EGR
m& cyl = η slop ⋅ p fg + η slop ⋅ p EGR − ηofs ⋅ − ηofs ⋅ (8)
p im p im
where p fg means the fresh gas partial pressure in the manifold (if no EGR available, it is
the same as the manifold pressure). The volumetric efficiency is the suction air of the
engine. It mainly depends on the engine speed, the exhaust gas pressure and engine
hardware (e.g. variable valve timing, port flap position, variable intake manifold).
• The intake manifold pressure pim is calculated by integration of eq. (2) with a
trapezoidal algorithm
N
p im N −1
= p im +
Δt N
2
(N −1
⋅ p& im N
+ p& im ) (9)
• Similar to (2) the model for the exhaust gas partial pressure in the manifold can be
derived (mass balance for exhaust gas)
∂
∂t
R T
Vim
(EGR
p EGR = EGR im m& EGR − m& cyl ) (10)
To simplify differences between Rair and REGR at Tim are neglected (strictly, this is only
valid for λ = 1).
• The flow at the exhaust gas recirculation valve can be modeled similar to that at the
throttle
and pex meaning the pressure at the upstream side of the EGR valve (exhaust gas
pressure).
held liable for payment of damages. All rights created by patent grant or
Transmittal, reproduction, dissemination and/or editing of this document
The air-mass flow of exhaust gas into the cylinder can be calculated based on
as well as utilization of its contents and communication there of to
(p fg + p EGR )
registration of a utility model or design patent are reserved.
fg EGR
m& cyl = m& cyl + m& cyl = η slop ⋅ p im − ηofs = η slop ⋅ (p fg + p EGR ) − η ofs ⋅ (13)
p im
as
p EGR
EGR
m& cyl = η slop ⋅ p EGR − η ofs ⋅ (14)
pim
and then the fresh gas mass flow into the cylinder.
p fg
m& cyl , fg = η slop ⋅ p fg − η ofs ⋅ (17)
p im
In systems without EGR, the fresh-gas partial pressure equals the intake manifold
pressure
N
p fg = p im (18)
, fg = η slop ⋅ p fg − η ofs
pred pred
m& cyl (20)
held liable for payment of damages. All rights created by patent grant or
Transmittal, reproduction, dissemination and/or editing of this document
The complete calculation algorithm for the Intake manifold system is subdivided into six
major separate modules:
• application incidence for project specific adaptation
• calculation of the air/EGR partial pressures and air mass flows
• INSY-controller with reduced area controller and pressure up throttle controller
• ambient pressure adaptation with ambient pressure learning
• reduced area adaptation
• calculation of the pressure decrease in the air filter
• volumetric efficiency calculation
• basic reduced area calculation
In addition, there are modules that strictly do not belong to the IMM, but usually are handled
with the IMM:
• data acquisition for MAF values
• data acquisition for MAP values
held liable for payment of damages. All rights created by patent grant or
Transmittal, reproduction, dissemination and/or editing of this document
The tuning of the complete IMM is therefore consequently also subdivided into the tuning of
as well as utilization of its contents and communication there of to
Chapter
Ichon(ICH)
General
Designed by
Released by
G. Raab
GC Shin
general specification
Designation
Document Key
E150-024.49.01 SPE 000 20.0
Date
Baseline
691F00
Pages
Include File
175 of 5555
30101X01.00A
A4 : 2004-06
general specification
If the IMM has to be calibrated during warm-up (temperature dependency) at the engine
dyno it would be helpful if the coolant (and the intake air) can be adjusted to any desired
temperature (e.g. use heat exchanger in coolant circuit).
If the dyno is equipped with an ACS (Automatic Calibration System), all steady state
measurements can be done very fast (and unattended) using the ACS.
held liable for payment of damages. All rights created by patent grant or
Transmittal, reproduction, dissemination and/or editing of this document
For a calibration of the temperature correction of the volumetric efficiency in addition the data
acquisition system has to be prepared so that it can be started directly before starting the
engine. Otherwise, data at low temperatures will be lost.
Engine dyno
Flow bench
Ψ − function
Theoretically calibrated
Calibration of controllers
Engine/chassis dyno
as well as utilization of its contents and communication there of to
Altitude bench
registration of a utility model or design patent are reserved.
Dynamic calibration
Intake Manifold
Prediction factor
Volume
Engine/chassis dyno
B001 B00U
Misfire Detection Misfire Rate Determination
& Error Management
B02E (TEMPLATE)
B035 B00T (TEMPLATE)
Misfire Rate Determination
Legal Misfire Detection Misfire Detection -
& Error Management -
Fade-out Conditions Application Incidences
Application Incidences
MISF_SIGDGMON1
MISF_SIGEVOSC0
IGRE
B03F F001
B00E
Generic Misfire Misfire Tuning
Crankshaft Oscillation
Parameters and Functions
Detection
Fade-out Conditions 1
1 2
2
MISF_REQGNGEN0 MISF_REQGN0
Data
others without express authorization are prohibited. Offenders will be
1
as well as utilization of its contents and communication there of to
2
MISF_CONFI0
MISF_SIGEVRR0
registration of a utility model or design patent are reserved.
Failures like Misfire with low fuel tank level, Multiple cylinder misfire, Random cylinder misfire
as well as utilization of its contents and communication there of to
This module is optionnal and can be integrated during validation and calibration stages. It is
strongly recommended to remove this functionally on serial product software (integration
choice via NC_USE_MIS_GEN compilation switch).
held liable for payment of damages. All rights created by patent grant or
Transmittal, reproduction, dissemination and/or editing of this document
Objectives
The goal of the VVTI is to phase the opening period of the inlet and/or exhaust valves with
regard to the crankschaft. In other words, it is possible to change the closing point of the inlet
valves and/or the closing point of the exhaust valves.
This system provides the adjustment of a camshaft to a desired phasing ~ to a desired valve
timing. The desired camshaft position is further called setpoint. The setpoint can be any
position in the available adjustment range. Every project has to implement its determination
of the setpoint as a function of the engine operating state. The setpoint can be adapted to
the control algorithm slightly and the controller sets the camshaft to this setpoint.
Principle
The camshaft phasing is realised by means of an actuator that works with the engine oil. The
actuator has two chambers that can be filled and emptied by the oil. Filling one chamber and
emptying the second one leads to a change of the camshaft phasing. If the oil flow into and
out of the chambers is stopped the actuator holds its position, i.e. the camshaft does not
move (no additional movement to the basic rotary movement). The oil flow is controlled by
means of a solenoid proportional oil control valve. The solenoid is energised with a duty
cycle signal from 0 to 100 %. The piston of the valve is pressed against the solenoid by a
string. If 0 % energisation is applied the valve piston is in the passive stop position. The oil
flow causes that the actuator moves towards and remains in the actuator passive stop
position. If 100 % energisation is applied the actuator moves towards and remains in the
actuator active stop position. If an energisation is applied, in which the valve piston closes
both chambers or opens both in the same level, the actuator holds its position. Such
energisation is called holding energisation. It is approximately from 30 to 60 % duty cycle
depending especially on the voltage and solenoid temperature.
The IVVT system is an optional part of the engine. Its implementation has many benefit
impacts on the engine performance. The system allows to phase the opening period of the
valves continuously in the adjustment range of the actuator. Influences of IVVT on the engine
processes and how IVVT can improve the engine performance is briefly described in
following paragraphs.
There are two physical effects regarding the gas flow in the engine manifold. The first one is
the inertia of the gas flowing in a pipe (ram effect) and the second one is the wave effect.
The gas in the inlet pipe is accelerated during the induction stroke. The pressure in the
combustion chamber rises at the end of the induction phase because the piston already
moves towards the top dead centre. The kinetic energy of the flowing gas acts against the
held liable for payment of damages. All rights created by patent grant or
Transmittal, reproduction, dissemination and/or editing of this document
combustion chamber pressure and helps to improve the volumetric efficiency. The ram effect
others without express authorization are prohibited. Offenders will be
as well as utilization of its contents and communication there of to
is very strong at high engine speeds. The inlet valve timing is to phase towards retard. The
inlet valve timing is to phase towards advanced at low engine speeds in order to minimise
registration of a utility model or design patent are reserved.
be supported by IVVT. The variable valve timing influences the flow field within the
as well as utilization of its contents and communication there of to
combustion chamber which is a part of the combustion process in the gasoline direct
registration of a utility model or design patent are reserved.
injection engines.
Description
The IVVT system can be in active or inactive state. The inactive one is characterised by
permanent low level energisation (~0-15 % PWM) of the solenoid valve. The active state
means that the camshaft position is controlled to a desired setpoint. It is the normal
prevailing state. The system is inactive when the engine is stopped. The following steps are
done before reaching the active state: check min/max oil temperature and min/max battery
voltage (continuously done), wait for enough oil pressure after the engine start, wait for the
end of the reference position adaptation, active state is reached. If there is a failure the IVVT
Chapter Baseline Include File
General 691F00 30101U02.00A
Date Department Sign
Designed by GC Shin 2008-05-27 SV P GS ES
Released by G. Raab 2008-05-27 SV P GS Sys2 PL
Designation
Engine Management System HMC Theta II ETC/BIN
responsing actuator. The system can be tested by means of a short trip test (special setpoint
others without express authorization are prohibited. Offenders will be
as well as utilization of its contents and communication there of to
The IVVT system influences the gas-exchange process, especially the amount of the
residual gases. The ignition angle has to be corrected. Ignition angle corrections (one for the
basic and one for the reference ignition angle) are outputs from the VVTI aggregate.
There is an important question how the engine reacts on an IVVT failure. It is possible to test
it by means of a special algorithm. The operating point dependent setpoint is used in the
diagnoses. The controller works with a special setpoint, e.g. a constant for a blocked
actuator. The engine behavior, especially the emission production, can be observed.
A multi-segment camshaft target wheel can be used. It is not necessary to use all edges for
the camshaft position control especially at high engine speeds. There can be harmful effects
on the controll if the time between edges is shorter than the system delay. Additionally, there
Chapter Baseline Include File
General 691F00 30101U02.00A
Date Department Sign
Designed by GC Shin 2008-05-27 SV P GS ES
Released by G. Raab 2008-05-27 SV P GS Sys2 PL
Designation
Engine Management System HMC Theta II ETC/BIN
Flowchart
For the sake of clearness the basic flowchart (architecture) of the VVTI aggregate presented
here is simplified. Only the main signals are shown. Further, names of some quantities were
shortened. Following substitions were done: "x" = "IVVT_IN(_EX)" and "z" = "IN(_EX)".
held liable for payment of damages. All rights created by patent grant or
Transmittal, reproduction, dissemination and/or editing of this document
Chapter
10, 20, 100, 1000 ms used CAM edge "CTL"
TOIL
Ichon(ICH)
General
Designed by
Released by
IDX_EDGE_CAM_z_i IDX_EDGE_CAM_z_i n*360°CRK T_DIF_EDGE_CAM_x_i
T_DIF_EDGE_CAM_z_i T_DIF_EDGE_CAM_z_i 10, 20, 100, 1000 ms IVVTPWM_z_i IVVTPWM_z_i
LV_IGK LV_IGK
N_32 T_DIF_EDGE_CAM_x_i
LV_ES LV_ES
G. Raab
GC Shin
MANAGSCHED0 LV_PWL LV_PWL FRQ_IVVTHPWM FRQ_IVVTPWM
TMAG_IVVT
VO VO CAM_AV_x_i
LV_AD_END_CAM_z_i LV_AD_END_CAM_z_i
CAM_SP_IND_x_i FRQ_IVVTPWM IVVTHPWM_z_i
PSN_CAM_z_i PSN_CAM_z_i CAM_x_i CAM_z_i
LV_ST_END LV_ST_END LV_IVVTPWM_SUB_x_i
CAM_MV_z CAM_MV_IN
general specification
IVVTPWM_SUB_x_i
N_32 N_32 IVVTHPWM_z_i FRQ_IVVTHPWM
Designation
LV_DI_AD_REF_CAM_x LV_DI_AD_REF_CAM_x LV_DI_CLE_SLV_IVVT
TOIL TOIL
Document Key
TMAG_IVVT LV_CAM_SP_DYW_x_i IFINFOUT0
TCO TCO
LV_DE_AD_END_x_i
LV_ERR_LIH_IVVT LV_ACT_IVVT {LV_ACT_IVVT} VB
VB VB
LV_AD_END_IVVT ACCTL
CAM_SP_IND_x_i
CAM_AV_x_i
LV_ERR_LIH STATE_RBM_CAM_DE_x_i
DTSYS
LV_DE_AD_END_x_i
Date
(...) IVVTPWM_SUB_z_i
LV_ERR_LIH_IVVT
Baseline
STATE_CMB_CTL LV_DI_CLE_SLV_IVVT CAM_AV_x_i
691F00
2008-05-27
2008-05-27
LV_ACT_TOT_x {LV_ACT_TOT_x}
CAM_SP_IND_x_i
Eng. operat. state (load,N,...) LV_CAM_SP_DYW_x_i
CAM_AV_x_i LV_CDN_VB_OBD1 LV_CDN_VB_OBD1 LV_ACT_IND_x_i {LV_ACT_IND_x_i}
Department
LV_CAM_SP_DYW_x_i LV_DC LV_DC
LV_TRIP_ACT_x
CAM_SP_TRIP_x_i LV_ACT_IVVT LV_TRIP_ACT_x
SV P GS ES
LV_ERR_SLV_x_i CAM_SP_IND_DIAG_x_i CAM_SP_IND_DIAG_x_i
SV P GS Sys2 PL
LV_ERR_CAM_DE_x_i LV_ERR_CAM_TOT LV_ERR_CAM_TOT CAM_SP_TRIP_x_i
Sign
(...) IGA_BAS(_REF)_VVT_COR IGA_BAS(_REF)_VVT_COR LV_ERR_CRK LV_ERR_CRK
Pages
Include File
LV_ERR_CAM_DE_x_i
REQGEIGA0 ACTION_INFR_GetElDiagSlvVvt ACTION_INFR_GetElDiagSlvVvt
IFINF0 Diagnostics
189 of 5555
30101U02.00A
A4 : 2004-06
general specification
6 TCO
TCO TMAG_IVVT 5
TOIL
TMAG_IVVT
DTSYSTMAG
TOIL
5 TOIL
STATE_IVVT STATE_IVVT
8 VB
VB
4 N_32 LV_ACT_IVVT LV_DI_AD_REF_CAM_x
N_32 LV_ACT_IVVT 6 4
3 LV_ST_END
DTSYSRPAM0
LV_ST_END
7 LV_ERR_LIH_IVVT LV_ACT_IVVT
LV_ERR_LIH_IVVT LV_AD_REQ_IVVT
LV_AD_END_IVVT LV_DI_AD_REF_CAM_z
LV_AD_REQ_IVVT
DTSYSSTATE0
9 CAM_SP_IND_x_i
CAM_SP_IND_x_i LV_AD_END_IVVT
1 LV_AD_END_CAM_x_i
LV_AD_END_CAM_z_i
CAM_AV_x_i 8 7
PSN_CAM_z_i
CAM_AV_x_i LV_AD_END_IVVT
2 PSN_CAM_z_i VO 1
CAM_MV_z VO 2
DTSYSPSN0 CAM_x_i
3
CAM_MV_z
Subsystem "DTSYS".
8 LV_ERR_CAM_DE_x_i
Eng. operat. state (load,N,...) LV_ERR_CAM_DE_x_i ISPCLSPIND0_ind
2
CAM_SP_BAL_x_i 2-bank
CAM_SP_HOM_AFS_x
STATE_CAM_SP_x CAM_SP_x 1-bank
LV_TRIP_ACT_x CAM_SP_IND_DIAG_x_i
ISPCLSPAFS0 5 LV_TRIP_ACT_x
held liable for payment of damages. All rights created by patent grant or
Transmittal, reproduction, dissemination and/or editing of this document
CAM_SP_HOM_AFL_x 6 CAM_SP_TRIP_x_i
as well as utilization of its contents and communication there of to
STATE_CAM_SP_x CAM_SP_TRIP_x_i
ISPCLSPIND0_select
registration of a utility model or design patent are reserved.
ISPCLSPAFL0
3
CAM_SP_IND_DIAG_x_i CAM_SP_IND_DIAG_x_i
CAM_SP_S_x
STATE_CAM_SP_x CAM_SP_IND_x_i
1
ISPCLSPS0
CAM_SP_IND_DFCT_x_i CAM_SP_IND_x_i
CAM_SP_IND_DFCT_x_i
(...) LV_CAM_SP_DYW_x_i 2
LV_CAM_SP_DFCT_x_i LV_CAM_SP_DFCT_x_i LV_CAM_SP_DYW_x_i
ISPCLFAULT0
ISPCLSPIND0_workup
Subsystem "DEFSP"
Chapter Baseline Include File
General 691F00 30101U02.00A
Date Department Sign
Designed by GC Shin 2008-05-27 SV P GS ES
Released by G. Raab 2008-05-27 SV P GS Sys2 PL
Designation
Engine Management System HMC Theta II ETC/BIN
Chapter
Ichon(ICH)
General
Designed by
Released by
TOIL ACCTLDLY0 LV_CAM_SP_DYW_x_i
2 TOIL ACCTLCTL0 T_IVVTPWM_z_i 13
G. Raab
DLY_ADC(_RTD)_IVVT_z DLY_ADC(_RTD)_IVVT_z T_IVVTPWM_z_i
GC Shin
1 LV_CAM_SP_DYW_x_i
1 N_32
TOIL IVVTHPWM_DE_AD_SAVE_z_i
N_32 IVVTPWM_z_i 2
N_32 TOIL
IVVTPWM_z_i
9 CAM_SP_IND_x_i CAM_DIF_x_i N_32
CAM_SP_IND_x_i 3 T_DIF_EDGE_CAM_x_i IVVTHPWM_DE_AD_z_i
CAM_SP_DIF_x_i
general specification
T_DIF_EDGE_CAM_x_i CAM_DIF_x_i
CAM_AV_x_i
Designation
8
Document Key
IVVTPWM_ADC(_RTD)_z STATE_CTL_x_i CAM_SP_DIF_x_i
CAM_AV_x_i
LV_DE_AD_END_x_i
T_DIF_EDGE_CAM_x_i
7 TMAG_IVVT ACCTLDEAD0
IVVTPWM_ADC(_RTD)_z
TMAG_IVVT 14 VB LV_DE_AD_END_x_i
LV_IVVTPWM_SUB_x_i VB CAM_SP_IND_x_i 6
FRQ_IVVTHPWM 3
Date
IVVTPWM_SUB_x_i FRQ_IVVTPWM
Baseline
LV_ACT_CLE_SLV_IVVT
TOIL
691F00
IVVTHPWM_z_i 5
Subsystem "ACCTL"
2008-05-27
2008-05-27
IVVTHPWM_z_i
IVVTHPWM_AD_z_i[12] N_32
FAC_COR_IVVTPWM IVVTHPWM_DRIFT_AD_SAVE_z_i
IVVTHPWM_DE_AD_z_i
T_DIF_EDGE_CAM_x_i
Department
STATE_CTL_x_i
SV P GS ES
FAC_COR_IVVTPWM
LV_IGK CAM_AV_x_i
4 LV_IGK LV_ACT_CLE_SLV_IVVT
SV P GS Sys2 PL
ACCTLMNGAD ACCTLDRIAD0
5 LV_ES
LV_PWL TMAG_IVVT
LV_ES LV_PWL
6 IVVTPWM_CLE_SLV IVVTHPWM_AD_z_i[12] IVVTHPWM_DRIFT_AD_SAVE_z_i
Sign
12 LV_DI_CLE_SLV_IVVT IVVTHPWM_DE_AD_SAVE_z_i
Pages
Include File
LV_DI_CLE_SLV_IVVT ACCTLCLE0
191 of 5555
30101U02.00A
A4 : 2004-06
Transmittal, reproduction, dissemination and/or editing of this document
as well as utilization of its contents and communication there of to
others without express authorization are prohibited. Offenders will be
held liable for payment of damages. All rights created by patent grant or
registration of a utility model or design patent are reserved.
Chapter
OUTDGELCAI0 LV_ACT_IND_x_i
Ichon(ICH)
General
Designed by
Released by
LV_ACT_TOT_x 4
(...) LV_INH_DIAG_SLV_x_i LV_INH_DIAG_SLV_x_i (...) LV_ERR_LIH_EXT_IVVT
3
REQCOLIHAI0 LV_ERR_LIH_IVVT
15 ACTION_INFR_GetElDiagSlvVvt
G. Raab
GC Shin
2
ACTION_INFR_GetElDiagSlvVvt LV_ERR_SLV_x_i REQCOLIH0
7 LV_CDN_VB_OBD1
7
LV_CDN_VB_OBD1 LV_ERR_LIH_EXT_IVVT
ACTION_ERRM_FilterMulticondition LV_ERR_SLV_x_i
LV_ERR_SLV_x_i LV_ERR_LIH_IVVT
OUTDGELC0
general specification
LV_ERR_MEC_x_i
Designation
Document Key
10 3 TOIL LV_ERR_CAM_DE_x_i
CAM_SP_IND_DIAG_x_i TOIL
2 N_32 CAM_AV_x_i LV_ACT_TOT_x
FCTDGMECAI0 LV_END_DIAG_CAM_DE_x_i LV_ERR_CAM_TOT
N_32 LV_ERR_CAM_TOT
11
CAM_SP_IND_DIAG_x_i CAM_SP_IND_DIAG_x_i
LV_INH_MEC_x_i 14 LV_ERR_CRK
LV_END_DIAG_CAM_DE_x_i LV_INH_MEC_x_i LV_ERR_CRK
Date
LV_ACT_IVVT LV_ERR_REF_CRK_CAM_x_i
LV_ERR_MEC_x_i
Baseline
691F00
8 LV_DC T_DIF_EDGE_CAM_x_i
2008-05-27
2008-05-27
LV_DC
LV_ERR_REF_CRK_CAM_x_i
Subsystem "Diagnostics"
LV_TRIP_ACT_x LV_DE_AD_END_x_i
8
1
Department
STATE_RBM_CAM_DE_x_i
LV_ERR_CAM_DE_x_i 5
5 LV_AD_END_IVVT
SV P GS ES
T_DIF_EDGE_CAM_x_i 1 LV_ERR_TRIP_x_i
SV P GS Sys2 PL
LV_DE_AD_END_x_i CAM_AV_x_i
CAM_SP_TRIP_x_i
6 FCTDGMEC0
13 FCTDGEOL0 6
LV_CAM_SP_DYW_x_i
LV_AD_END_IVVT
Sign
CAM_AV_x_i CAM_SP_TRIP_x_i
4 FCTDGEOLAI0
Pages
LV_ERR_TRIP_x_i
Include File
CAM_AV_x_i
(...) LV_DIAG_TRIP_AVL_x LV_DIAG_TRIP_AVL_x LV_TRIP_ACT_x
192 of 5555
30101U02.00A
A4 : 2004-06
general specification
Aggregate functions
This aggregate version consists of the following functions:
• VVT State - Valve timing data are defined here. Camshaft position is calculated. IVVT
system state is determined.
• VVT SP (setpoint) - Calculation of camshaft position setpoint as a function of engine
state.
• VVT Control - Camshaft position control including feed-forward control, feed-back control
and adaptations.
• VVT Interface BSW - Realisation of control signals. Ouput signal diagnosis information is
acquired.
• VVT LIH (limp home) manager - Manages IVVT system state in case of a failure.
• VVT OBDI - Output signal diagnosis.
• VVT OBDII - Crankshaft to camshaft mechanics violation diagnosis (chain/belt jump).
Camshaft position deviation diagnosis (actuator jammed, actuator slow responsing). Rate
based monitoring interface.
• VVT EOL test - IVVT short trip (prescribed setpoint course is evaluated).
• VVT Ignition corr (correction) - Ignition angle correction as a function of a camshaft
position not in reference position.
held liable for payment of damages. All rights created by patent grant or
Transmittal, reproduction, dissemination and/or editing of this document
Input data:
Configuration data:
Choice to use the Intermittent and Stuck Signal Diagnosis (=1) else (=0)
others without express authorization are prohibited. Offenders will be
as well as utilization of its contents and communication there of to
Input data:
General information:
The following describes the general rules for determination of the configuration data and their
values.
General information:
The following describes the general rules for determination of the configuration data:
Configuration data:
Formula section:
NC_EGR_CONF = 0
Configuration data:
Input data:
NC_IN_REF NC_LAMB_REF
General information:
The following document describes the general rules for definition of the configuration data for
FMSP Aggregate
NC_USE_FQ 1: FQ is used
Data Value
Configuration data:
Configuration switch to indicate the usage of the generic fuel quality adaptation
NC_WF_MFF_BAS 1 0H TI-based wallfilm compensation 1 -
1H MFF-based wallfilm compensation
Configuration switch to indicate the usage of MFF- or TI based wallfilm compensation
Input data:
NC_CYL_NR
General information:
The following document describes the general rules for definition of the configuration data for
INJR Aggregate
Configuration data:
General information:
The following document describes the general rules for definition of the configuration data for
Ignition Angle Calculation Aggregate
NC_INJ_CONF is used to integrate in the IGSP aggregate calculation and variables related
to Stratified DI engines
NC_CBK_EX_NR is used to calculate the Mean Values of Ignition for determination of
Ignition Efficiencies for Exhaust treatment
_i represents the cylinder bank, defined in the table here after that will be used for Ignition
others without express authorization are prohibited. Offenders will be
Angle Calculation
as well as utilization of its contents and communication there of to
Firing order 1 3 4 2
Cylinder number _x 0 1 2 3
Cylinder bank _i (IGA_BAS_i, …) 1 1 1 1
Input data:
General information :
The following describes the general rules for determination of the configuration data
NC_TD_LIM_MIN 20 us
NC_TD_LIM_MAX 22.5 ms
NC_MAX_IGN_MPL_NR 7
NC_IGC_DLY 16
NC_MPL_T_MAX 60 ms
NC_MPL_IGN_CRK_MAX 12 °CRK)
NC_IGC_CONF Full static
held liable for payment of damages. All rights created by patent grant or
Transmittal, reproduction, dissemination and/or editing of this document
Input data:
General information :
The following describes the general rules for determination of the configuration data
1.28.1 Global configuration data
Here are listed the configuration data, which can be used in other aggregates :
Data Value
NLC_TREAT_DIAG_MIS 1
NLC_USE_CRK_OSC_MIS 1
NC_MISF_VERS 1
NLC_USE_ER_STND_MIS 0
NC_SIZE_THD_ER_BUF 5
NLC_USE_MIS_GEN 1
NLC_ENA_SCDN_NEW 1
NLC_CONF_ER_MV 0
Exhaust Configuration:
held liable for payment of damages. All rights created by patent grant or
Transmittal, reproduction, dissemination and/or editing of this document
SEG_NR_ER 0 1 2 3
NC_CBK_EX_NR_MISF 0 0 0 0
Input data:
General information :
The following describes the general rules for determination of the configuration data
1.29.1 Local configuration data
Here are listed the configuration data, which are used only in the ENRD aggregate.
Data Value
NC_ENRD_VERS 01
NC_SIZE_SEG_T_COR_BUF 9
NC_SEG_DLY_ER_MES 1
NLC_CONF_GAIN_ADD_ER 1
Default configurations:
NC_CYL_NR NC_SIZE_SEG_T_COR_BUF
4 9
Configuration data:
Engine
NC_TEG_MDL_INST_CONF[NC_NR_TEG_MDL] [1 1 1 1 2]
as well as utilization of its contents and communication there of to
Description:
With NC_NR_COP_CTL it is possible to choose 1 or 2 COP-controller. In the module
Overheating prevention (Appl. Inc.) it is choosen which temperature shell be used for
activation (via TEMP_COP_ACT) and which for controlling (via TEMP_COP_CTL) of the
temperature controlller for catalyst overheating prevention. For controlling static
temperatures and for activation dynamic temperatures are used.
Data Value
NC_NR_COP_CTL 2 – two COP-controller, 1. controls exhaust temperature before
catalyst, 2. controls temperature in catalyst
Configuration data:
Input data:
General information :
The following describes the general rules for determination of the configuration data
1.32.1 Global configuration data
Here are listed the configuration data, which can be used in other aggregates :
Data Value
NC_CYL_NR 4
NC_N_MIN 22
NC_N_MAX 8160
NLC_CAM_IN 1
NLC_CAM_EX 1
NC_NR_EDGE_CAM_IN 2
NC_NR_EDGE_CAM_EX 2
NC_NR_CAM_CBK 1
NLC_LIH_CAM_IN 1
others without express authorization are prohibited. Offenders will be
as well as utilization of its contents and communication there of to
NLC_LIH_CAM_EX 1
registration of a utility model or design patent are reserved.
NC_PRI_LIH_CAM_IN 1
NC_PRI_LIH_CAM_CBK 1
NC_PRI_SYN_CAM_IN 1
NC_PRI_SYN_CAM_CBK 1
NC_T_SEG_MIN_CAM_IN 7,35*10-3 sec
NC_T_SEG_MIN_CAM_EX 7,35*10-3 sec
NC_T_SEG_MAX_CAM_IN 1,9965 sec
NC_T_SEG_MAX_CAM_EX 1,9965 sec
edge index z 1 2
NC_PSN_EDGE_z_CAM_IN_1 564 204
NC_PSN_EDGE_z_CAM_EX_1 336 696
To be defined by project with information from customer. Remember: edge #1 is the first
falling edge after TDC0, positions are given for VVT passive.
Configuration data:
NC_CAM_WHEEL_TYP 1 0H Single-tooth 1 -
1H Multi-teeth
registration of a utility model or design patent are reserved.
Chapter
Ichon(ICH)
General
Designed by
Released by
G. Raab
GC Shin
general specification
Designation
Document Key
E150-024.49.01 SPE 000 20.0
Date
Baseline
691F00
Pages
Include File
211 of 5555
5W100D01.00C
A4 : 2004-06
general specification
1.33 ENSD interface adaptation module
Output data:
Input data:
TCO VB NC_CAM_LIH_SWI
FUNCTION DESCRIPTION:
General information:
The aim is to get a common definition for coolant temperature and battery voltage inside
ENSD aggregate whatever their definition is in the rest of software.
Description:
TCO_CMN and VB_CMN are stubbed
Application conditions:
Initialisation: none
Recurrence: at reset
Formula section:
TCO_CMN = 0
VB_CMN = 0
held liable for payment of damages. All rights created by patent grant or
Transmittal, reproduction, dissemination and/or editing of this document
Remark: As this module is only a stub, TCO and VB are not used.
as well as utilization of its contents and communication there of to
NLC_TCO_2_CONF
FUNCTION DESCRIPTION:
General information:
The logical constants NC(NLC)_xxx_CONF are necessary to adapt the Aggregate to a given
system environment. The values describe either the variant of a used system component, or
a vehicle component is available or not.
With use of the logical constant NLC_ECT_CONF the availability of an electronically
controlled thermostat within the system is determined. In case of a vehicle configuration with
an ECT, the component control and diagnosis is included within the aggregate version.
(refer: ENTE A.I.D.)
With use of the logical constant NLC_TCO_2_CONF the availability of a coolant temperature
sensor at radiator outlet is determined. In case of a vehicle configuration with a TCO_2
sensor, the sensor signal acquisition and diagnosis is included within the aggregate version.
(refer: ENTE A.I.D.)
The configuration constant NC_ECF_CONF allows to determine the wanted fan control
strategy. In principal it is possible to choose between a RLY- or a PWM-control architecture.
A RLY/PWM fan control strategy in parallel is also existing. In this case the aggregate
architecture allows switching either the control of RLY-fan(s) or the control of PWM–fan(s)
during ECU runtime depending on the setting of a corresponding configuration bit. The
control of both variants (RLY- and PWM-fan(s)) at the same time is not allowed and not
supported within the aggregate.
Independent on the chosen fan control strategy (PWM/RLY), the configuration constant
NC_ECF_NR describes the number of available cooling fans (hardware components) at the
vehicle. In case of a PWM-fan configuration, the number of available PWM cooling fans at
the vehicle is always equal to the number of PWM fan output stages provided by the ECU
hardware.
Because one or more RLY-switch(es) may control only one cooling fan (hardware
component) in case of a RLY-fan configuration, the number of RLY-switch(es) per cooling
fan can be different. With use of the configuration constant NC_ECF_RLY_NR, the number
of RLY output stages per cooling fan are determined.
held liable for payment of damages. All rights created by patent grant or
Transmittal, reproduction, dissemination and/or editing of this document
temperature sensors is determined, which provide the sensor voltage values to calculate
as well as utilization of its contents and communication there of to
The following describes the general rules for determination of the configuration data.
Configuration data:
FUNCTION DESCRIPTION:
General information:
The constant NC_xxx_CONF describes whether a system is equipped with additional
functionality or not.
NC_MAF_FAC_CYL is used as conversion factor between maf (kg/h) and maf (mg/stk)
based on the cylinder number.
The variable NC_CBK_IN_NR defines the number of intake cylinder lines.
1.35.1 Global configuration data:
Data Value
NC_ETC_CONF 1 (ETC version)
NC_AMP_CONF 1 (with AMP-sensor)
NC_CBK_IN_NR 1 (one intake cylinder line)
NC_MAF_FAC_CYL 8333.3 (4 cylinder engine)
Configuration data:
• Sensor-Configuration
For all sensors (NC_xxx_CONF) following possibilities are available:
0 = NO_SENSOR: sensor is not available, value never used
1 = SENSOR_ALWAYS_USED: sensor is always available and value is used
2 = SENSOR_SWITCHABLE: sensor-evaluation can be switched "on / off "during runtime (by LC_switch)
For information it's possible to show the usage later usage of the configuration:
(TB) only for engine-testbench, (SER) also for series-production
• Variant-Selection
some NC-switches can be used to select between spec-versions, some can be used as
normal compiler-switches (e.g. to select sensor-values for evaluation)
Type: C = Compilerswitch (NC-name usable within CHRG-Software-modules)
D = Spec-selection for different versions for DOKU
(NC-name only information, not usable)
Also a combination compilerswitch + Spec-Variant-selection "C/D" is allowed.
HINT:
M266 has 2 engine-variants: turbocharger and selfinduced system, each with a different
sensor- and HW configurations. In order to have the same software for both variants, the
sensor-configuration can be selected by LC_TCHA_CONF at power-up of the ECU.
Application conditions:
Initialisation: at ECU reset
Recurrence: none
1 = turbocharger
as well as utilization of its contents and communication there of to
NC_CHRG_CONF
1 = turbocharger
registration of a utility model or design patent are reserved.
LC_TCHA_CONF
0 = selfinduced engine (via data bin)
Calibration data:
Configuration data:
Input data:
NC_CYC_ADD_ACT
General information :
The following describes the general rules for determination of the configuration data
1.37.1 Local configuration data
Here are listed the configuration data, which are used only in the TQDR aggregate.
Data Value
NC_CYC_ADD_ACT 1
held liable for payment of damages. All rights created by patent grant or
Transmittal, reproduction, dissemination and/or editing of this document
Input data:
General information :
The following describes the general rules for determination of the configuration data
1.38.1 Global configuration data
Data Value
Typical values are listed below
NC_NR_HIS 22 Size of data stored for a single failure in history memory, quantity of data
bytes
NC_ERR_DTC_REQ_OBD 0 Type of obd/carb DTCs returned by api
0 : detailed for each symptom
1 : limited to the global failure
NC_ERR_DTC_REQ_CUS 0 Type of customer DTCs returned by api
0 : detailed for each symptom
held liable for payment of damages. All rights created by patent grant or
Transmittal, reproduction, dissemination and/or editing of this document
0: Data are not converted before the storage in the specific freeze frame
1: Store the converted data in the specific freeze frame
Data Value
Typical values are listed below
NLC_MIL_ACT_REQ 1 External MIL request is taken or not into account for DIST_ACT_MIL
and T_ACT_MIL calculations.
0 : External MIL request not taken into account
1 : External MIL request taken into account
NC_NR_ERR_PERM 4 Maximum number of failure defined in permanent failure memory
structure (CARB required minimum value : 4)
Configuration data:
Activation/deactivation of adaptations modules for symptom based diagnostics with rate-based monitoring
(always <= NC_NR_DIAG_RBM)
registration of a utility model or design patent are reserved.
Input data:
General information :
The following describes the general rules for determination of the configuration data
1.39.1 Global configuration data
Here are listed the configuration data, which can be used in other aggregates :
Data Value
NC_CBK_EX_NR 1
NC_STATE_LSL_UP_IF 0
NC_STATE_VLS_UP_SIG_ACQ 0
NLC_LSH_RLY_EFP 0
NC_FRQ_LSHPWM_UP -10
NC_FRQ_LSHPWM_DOWN 7,6
NC_FAC_R_REF_LS_UP 0.118316 (=5.62/47.5)
NC_R_REF_LS_UP 5620
NC_VLS_UP_CUR_PUMP_REF 4.82
NC_FAC_R_REF_LS_DOWN 0.118316 (=5.62/47.5)
NC_R_REF_LS_DOWN 5620
NC_VLS_DOWN_CUR_PUMP_REF 4.82
Data Value
others without express authorization are prohibited. Offenders will be
as well as utilization of its contents and communication there of to
NC_LSHPWM_BOL_LSH_DOWN 1%
registration of a utility model or design patent are reserved.
NC_LSHPWM_TOL_LSH_DOWN 99 %
NC_LSHPWM_BOL_LSH_UP 1%
NC_LSHPWM_TOL_LSH_UP 99 %
Configuration data:
Notes:
• The configuration switch NC_STATE_VLS_UP_SIG_ACQ denotes whether signal filtering
shall be applied to the linear lambda sensor’s raw signal provided by the BSW prior to
further signal processing. If signal filtering shall be applied NC_STATE_VLS_UP_SIG_ACQ
shall be set to 1. If not or if binary upstream sensor is used
NC_STATE_VLS_UP_SIG_ACQ shall be set to 0.
• The PWM frequency for the oxygen sensor heater must be adjusted to values larger
than 5Hz, i.e. NC_FRQ_LSHPWM_UP >= 5Hz and NC_FRQ_LSHPWM_DOWN >=
5Hz. Usually no values larger than 100 Hz are applied, the exact value has to be derived
from the corresponding sensor specification.
held liable for payment of damages. All rights created by patent grant or
Transmittal, reproduction, dissemination and/or editing of this document
Input data:
Import actions:
held liable for payment of damages. All rights created by patent grant or
Transmittal, reproduction, dissemination and/or editing of this document
FUNCTION DESCRIPTION:
General information:
In order to minimize the necessary amount of different ECU variants by different equipment
in the vehicles under mass production conditions, it is necessary to build a structure into the
ECU software that allows to select different control algorithm and access to different
calibration data maps and constants by setting of configuration bytes.
Remark: A change of a version or variant will only be valid after system reset (that
means when the power latch phase has expired).
This applies also to the outputs CONF_xxx and CONF_xxx_CAN.
Exception: CONF_CRU is learnt after Key-On without Powerlatch,
it is effective immediately.
Immobilizer :
CONF_IMOB = C_CONF_IMOB
C_CONF_IMOB = 0 Passive
held liable for payment of damages. All rights created by patent grant or
Transmittal, reproduction, dissemination and/or editing of this document
C_CONF_IMOB = 1 Active
registration of a utility model or design patent are reserved.
Once the CONF_IMOB has been set for an ECU, it can be reset only by the service
tester (not anymore by SAM2000).
CONF_CFA = C_CONF_CFA
registration of a utility model or design patent are reserved.
Acquisition of TOIL:
CONF_TOIL_MDL = C_CONF_TOIL_MDL
C_CONF_TOIL_MDL = 0 TOIL from oil temperature sensor (if error free)
C_CONF_TOIL_MDL = 1 TOIL calculated from Toil model for Fuel system diagnosis
C_CONF_TOIL_MDL = 2 TOIL calculated from Toil model (TOIL_MDL)
Acquisition of GEN_LOAD:
CONF_GEN_LOAD = C_CONF_GEN_LOAD
C_CONF_GEN_LOAD = 0 GEN_LOAD is not available from alternator.
C_CONF_GEN_LOAD = 1 GEN_LOAD is available from alternator.
held liable for payment of damages. All rights created by patent grant or
Transmittal, reproduction, dissemination and/or editing of this document
IF CONF_BAT = 0
Then CONF_PC_FAN = 0
Else CONF_PC_FAN = C_CONF_PC_FAN
Endif
C_CONF_PC_FAN = 0 (No Passenger Comp. Blower switch Input)
held liable for payment of damages. All rights created by patent grant or
Transmittal, reproduction, dissemination and/or editing of this document
Remark:
It is necessary to have a different calibration of some maps depending on AT- or MT-
gearbox-type. Due to the setting of the gearbox-type some maps are existing double. The
maps for the AT are signed with ‘_AT’ at the end of the map. If CONF_TCU = 0Fh (MT) then
the map without ‘_AT’ is choosen and vice versa. In the specification a double existing map
is listed once but marked with (_AT) at the end of the map.
At the moment separated maps for CVT are not available.
If LV_TEACH_CAN_FINISHED = 0
Then If CONF_TCU_LEARN = 1
Then If CONF_TCU = 0Fh (MT/initial value)
Then If LV_TCU1_CAN_VLD = 1
Then If TCU_TYPE = 01h
Then CONF_TCU = 00h Automatic transmission (Step shift)
Else If TCU_TYPE = 02h
Then CONF_TCU = 0Ah Automatic transmission (CVT)
Else CONF_TCU = 0Fh (MT/initial value)Manual transmission
Endif
Endif
Endif (no valid TCU1 message on CAN)
held liable for payment of damages. All rights created by patent grant or
Transmittal, reproduction, dissemination and/or editing of this document
LV_AT = 0
Endif
If T_TEACH_CONF < 10
Then Increment T_TEACH_CONF by 1
Else LV_TEACH_CAN_FINISHED = 1
Else (no more teaching after end of teach time)
Endif
If LV_TEACH_CAN_FINISHED = 0
Then If CONF_TCS = 0
Then If LV_TCS1_CAN_VLD = 1
Then CONF_TCS = 1
Endif
Endif
Else no more teaching after end of teach time
Endif
held liable for payment of damages. All rights created by patent grant or
Transmittal, reproduction, dissemination and/or editing of this document
Recurrence: 1000ms
Formula section:
If CONF_TAM = 0
And LC_TCHA_CONF = 1
And LV_ERR_CAN_BUS_OFF = 0
Then If T_TAM_LEARN <> 0
Then T_TAM_LEARN = T_TAM_LEARN – 1
If LV_TAM_CAN_FIRST_VLD = 1
Then CONF_TAM = 1
held liable for payment of damages. All rights created by patent grant or
Transmittal, reproduction, dissemination and/or editing of this document
T_TAM_LEARN = 0
others without express authorization are prohibited. Offenders will be
as well as utilization of its contents and communication there of to
Endif
registration of a utility model or design patent are reserved.
Else CONF_TAM = 2
Endif
Else If LC_TCHA_CONF = 0
Then CONF_TAM = 0
Endif
Endif
The presence of an air condition control is learnt depending if there is once the signal for "air
condition control selected" recognized. In order to prevent signal disturbance being
interpreted as ACIN, the LV_IM_ACIN has to be present during 3 following recurrences.
Application conditions:
Initialisation: at reset:
CONF_ACC: restored from NVMY; 0 in case of 1st power up or NVMY lost
CTR_ACC_LEARN = 0
Recurrence: 1000 ms
inputs by comparing the two different signals and to learn the actual configuration.
others without express authorization are prohibited. Offenders will be
as well as utilization of its contents and communication there of to
Learning strategy:
registration of a utility model or design patent are reserved.
The learning is performed only once for virgin ECU and C_CONF_VS = 1 and CONF_VS ≠ 1
or 2 hex. During learning CONF_VS is 3, that means the learning is active and the result of
the learning is not known yet.
One of the configurations (ABS or inductive wheel speed sensor) is considered as learned, if
during C_T_VS_MIN_LEARN seconds VS_ABS or VS_WHEEL_INDU is greater than
C_VS_MIN_LEARN and the VS-change is smaller than C_VS_DIF_MAX_LEARN. If the
conditions are fullfilled for both inputs at the same time the ABS-variant is learned (as the
signal coming from ABS is considered more stable):
If LV_CDN_VB_MIN_DIAG = 1
then a timer is started for C_T_VS_MIN_LEARN seconds
If (VS_WHEEL_INDU > C_VS_MIN_LEARN
and ⏐VS_WHEEL_INDUn-VS_WHEEL_INDUn-1⏐< C_VS_DIF_MAX_LEARN)
then CONF_VS = 2 (Vehicle speed signal acquisition from inductive sensor)
- If the respective CAN messages were not received it is assumed that no presence of
registration of a utility model or design patent are reserved.
FATC
- It is possible to set back an already learnt FATC configuration by diagnosis tool.
Formula section:
If CONF_ACC_FATC = 0
And NC_ETC_CONF = 1
And LV_ERR_CAN_BUS_OFF = 0
Then If T_ACC_FATC_LEARN ≠ 0
Then T_ACC_FATC_LEARN = T_ACC_FATC_LEARN – 1
If LV_ACC_FATC_CAN_FIRST_VLD = 1
Or LC_ACC_FATC = 1
Then CONF_ACC_FATC = 1
T_ACC_FATC_LEARN = 0
Endif
Endif
Endif
held liable for payment of damages. All rights created by patent grant or
Transmittal, reproduction, dissemination and/or editing of this document
Output data:
Input data:
FUNCTION DESCRIPTION:
General information:
For the idle speed CO-trim, the diagnostic tester is using the KWP2000-protocol service
Input Output Control By Local Identifier (IOCBLI). With its Input Output Control Parameter
Short Term Adjustment (STA), the CO-trim is adjusted stepwise, that means each time the
button “up” or “down” is pressed on the tester, the CO-trim value MFF_CO_IS is incremented
or decremented by one step. If the CO-trim is correct, the value is stored if the service Long
Term Adjustment (LTA) is performed. Temporary changes can be reset by the service Return
Control To ECU (RCTECU).
Application conditions:
The Adjustment can be performed if the following conditions are fullfilled:
If LV_IS = 1
and VS = 0
held liable for payment of damages. All rights created by patent grant or
Transmittal, reproduction, dissemination and/or editing of this document
and LV_ERR_TCO = 0
and LV_ERR_TPS = 0
registration of a utility model or design patent are reserved.
and LV_ERR_MAF = 0
and LV_ERR_MAP = 0
and LV_ERR_ISA_i = 0
and LV_ERR_IV[NC_CYL_NR] = 0
and LV_ERR_VS = 0
Calibration data:
Output data:
Input data:
FUNCTION DESCRIPTION:
Application conditions:
The Adjustment can be performed
If LV_IS = 1
and TCO > C_TCO_MIN_N_ASA
held liable for payment of damages. All rights created by patent grant or
Transmittal, reproduction, dissemination and/or editing of this document
For the idle speed-trim, the diagnostic tester is using the KWP2000-protocol service Input
Output Control By Local Identifier (IOCBLI). With its Input Output Control Parameter Short
Term Adjustment (STA), the idle speed-trim is adjusted stepwise, that means each time the
button “up” or “down” is pressed on the tester, the idle speed-trim value is incremented or
decremented by one step. If the idle speed is correct, the value N_SP_IS_ADJ_ASA is
stored if the service Long Term Adjustment (LTA) is performed. Temporary changes can be
reset by the service Return Control To ECU (RCTECU).
Application conditions:
LV_IS= 1
Calibration data:
Configuration data:
Applicative values:
NC_N_SP_IS_ADJ_ASA = 1
held liable for payment of damages. All rights created by patent grant or
Transmittal, reproduction, dissemination and/or editing of this document
Input data:
General information:
The test of the actuators is divided into several groups with different conditions. The
adjustments are done via KWP2000 protocol by the service
InputOutputControlByLocalIdentifier. For more detailed informations refer to KWP2000-
held liable for payment of damages. All rights created by patent grant or
Transmittal, reproduction, dissemination and/or editing of this document
specification. During test with engine stop, starting of the engine is possible only after ignition
others without express authorization are prohibited. Offenders will be
as well as utilization of its contents and communication there of to
• Oil control valve (OCV) Intake side 0%/100% each 0,5 sec
If IOL-ID 24h is send from service tool,
then On/Off definition On: STATE_ACR_TEST_IVVT = 1h
Off: STATE _ACR_TEST_IVVT = 0h
• Oil control valve (OCV) Exhaust side 0%/100% each 0,5 sec
If IOL-ID 80h is send from service tool,
then On/Off definition On: STATE_ACR_TEST_IVVT = 3h
Off: STATE _ACR_TEST_IVVT = 0h
• ETC Motor (MTC) (only for ETC version) on/off each 1 sec
On/Off definition : On: TPS_EXT_ADJ = C_MAX_ACR_MTC
Off: TPS_EXT_ADJ = C_MIN_ACR_MTC
• Idle speed actuator (ISA): (only for ISA version) on/off each 1 sec
On/Off definition : On: OPG_ISA_EXT_ADJ = C_MAX_PWM_ISA
Off: OPG_ISA_EXT_ADJ = C_MIN_PWM_ISA
1.42.4 Injectors
Conditions for activation: LV_IGK = 1
and LV_IS = 1
Each several injector can be selected for a test. After activation of the test, the corresponding
injector is disabled, until the test is stopped.
• If IOL 39h is recieved from service tool then switch On/OFF log. Injector 0 (phys: IVCyl 1)
• If IOL 3Ah then log Injector 3 (phys: IV Cyl 2)
• If IOL 3Bh then log.Injector 1 (phys: IV Cyl 3)
• If IOL 3Ch then log.Injector 2 (phys: IV Cyl 4)
INH_IV_EXT_ADJ = x x x x 0 0 1 0 BIN
logical cylinder 0 enabled
logical cylinder 1 disabled
logical cylinder 2 disabled
logical cylinder 3 disabled
1.42.5 Ignition
Each ignition coil can be separately selected for Actuator Test. When Actuator Test is
activated, a spark is generated with normal Dwell Time every second.
Application conditions :
Initialization : LV_IGC_x_EXT_ADJ = IGC_x_EXT_ADJ = 0
Activation : LV_IGK = 1
and LV_ES = 1
Deactivation : LV_IGK = 0
or LV_ES = 0
held liable for payment of damages. All rights created by patent grant or
Transmittal, reproduction, dissemination and/or editing of this document
If conditions for activation are fullfilled and Ignition Actuator test is activated via KW2000, then
others without express authorization are prohibited. Offenders will be
as well as utilization of its contents and communication there of to
If IOL 31h is send by service tool, then activate test for IGC_0_EXT_ADJ (phys: IGC Cyl 1)
If IOL 32h then IGC_3_EXT_ADJ (phys: IGC Cyl 2)
If IOL 33h then IGC_1_EXT_ADJ (phys: IGC Cyl 3)
If IOL 34h then IGC_2_EXT_ADJ (phys: IGC Cyl 4)
Actual Lambda
LAMB_RGN[NC_CBK_EX_NR] O 0...7FFFH 0...31.99902 0.00098 [-]
lambda setpoint for catalyst regeneration
LAMB_SA_CH O/V 0...7FFFH 0...31.99902 0.00098 [-]
Lambda for secondary air catalyst heating
LAMB_SO2P O 0...7FFFH 0...31.99 0.000977 [-]
Lambda setpoint for desulfation
LAMB_SP_DIAG_LS_UP_DOWN O 0...7FFFH 0...31.99902 0.00098 [-]
Lambda setpoint request from now deleted CHK_LS_DOWN diagnosis.
LAMB_SP_REQ O 0...7FFFH 0...31.99902 0.00098 [-]
Lambda setpoint request during combustion mode change in homogeneous
LV_ACT_CRU O 0...1H 0...1 1 [-]
Chapter Baseline Include File
General 691F00 5W100B01.00U
Date Department Sign
Designed by GC Shin 2008-05-27 SV P GS ES
Released by G. Raab 2008-05-27 SV P GS Sys2 PL
Designation
Engine Management System HMC Theta II ETC/BIN
Boolean for error currently present on secondary air pump command signal.
LV_ERR_SAV O 0...1H 0...1 1 [-]
registration of a utility model or design patent are reserved.
Boolean for error currently present on secondary air valve command signal.
LV_ERR_TPS_DET O 0...1H 0...1 1 [-]
General information:
This chapter contains data, which are used in generic modules, but not defined in other
modules.
Formula section
CAM_AV_MV_IN = CAM_MV_IN
ENG_STATE = STATE_ENG
ERR_SYM_ISA = 0H
ERR_SYM_ISA_1 = 0H
ERR_SYM_ISA_2 = 0H
ERR_SYM_PUT_PLAUS_ES = 0H
ERR_SYM_PUT_PLAUS_FL = 0H
FAC_PORT_DEAC_MV = 0
FAC_TQ_REQ_VSL = 0
IGA_EOLP = 0 (= 5FH)
IGA_WOUT_KNK = 0
ISAPWM = OPG_AV_ISA
LAM_ADJ_i = 0
LAMB_i = LAMB_SP[NC_CBK_EX_NR]
LAMB_RGN[NC_CBK_EX_NR] = 31,999 (= 7FFFH)
LAMB_SA_CH = 1
LAMB_SO2P = 31,999 (= 7FFFH)
LAMB_SP_DIAG_LS_UP_DOWN = 1 (= 400H)
LAMB_SP_REQ = 1 (= 400H)
held liable for payment of damages. All rights created by patent grant or
Transmittal, reproduction, dissemination and/or editing of this document
LV_ACT_CRU = LV_CRU_ACT
as well as utilization of its contents and communication there of to
LV_ACT_VSL = 0
registration of a utility model or design patent are reserved.
LV_CAM_POS_DIAG_EXT_REQ = 0
LV_CLU_SWI = LV_CS
LV_CLU_OPEN = LV_CS
LV_CP_RAMP_OPEN_ACT = 0
LV_ENA_PRS_CHA_UP = 0
LV_ENA_PRS_WG_ACR = 0
LV_ENA_PSN_RCL = 0
LV_LAMB_SP_REQ_ACT = 0
as well as utilization of its contents and communication there of to
LV_LAMB_SP_REQ_DIAG_ACT = 0
registration of a utility model or design patent are reserved.
LV_LS_DOWN_OBD_2_MAN_DEAC[NC_CBK_EX_NR] = 0
LV_MAX_ERR_FSD_1 = 1
LV_PC_FAN = 0
LV_POW_AC_TRV = 0
LV_PUC_LOCK_TNT = 0
LV_PUC_SA_INH = 0
LV_PUT_ADD_TCHA_BOOST_REQ = 0
Chapter Baseline Include File
General 691F00 5W100B01.00U
Date Department Sign
Designed by GC Shin 2008-05-27 SV P GS ES
Released by G. Raab 2008-05-27 SV P GS Sys2 PL
Designation
Engine Management System HMC Theta II ETC/BIN
VP_MAP_MV_MIN_DIAG = VP_MAP_MIN_DIAG
registration of a utility model or design patent are reserved.
Input data:
Formula section:
LV_ACCOUT_RLY = LV_RLY_ACCOUT
LV_CRK_ERR = LV_ERR_CRK
T_BAT_LIN_FIRST_VLD = TBAT_LIN_FIRST_VLD
held liable for payment of damages. All rights created by patent grant or
Transmittal, reproduction, dissemination and/or editing of this document
FUNCTION DESCRIPTION:
General information:
Intersystem communication stands for the communication across different control units
(ECU) for various applications. The exchange of application data takes place in the form of
messages. Data links like CAN, LIN or FlexRay are used for this communication purpose.
This document provides the brief introduction of these datalink layer protocols.
Description:
LIN
LIN stands for Local Interconnect Network.
LIN is a single wire bus system.
LIN network is a single master system with a maximum of 15 slave nodes.
LIN was designed to link switches, actuators and sensors in to a sub-bus that connects to
the main bus, usually via a CAN.
LIN implementation is based on common UART/SCI interface hardware.
LIN is an inexpensive, low speed (from 1 to 20KiloBitsPerSecond), serial multiplexing
protocol.
Most of the times the LIN master node implementation is done in the ECU. The LIN master
held liable for payment of damages. All rights created by patent grant or
Transmittal, reproduction, dissemination and/or editing of this document
- Application software
- LIN data link layer
registration of a utility model or design patent are reserved.
The LIN master node functionality is explained in the below mentioned specification.
LIN: Master Node Data Link Layer
LIN: Master Node Data Link Layer (Appl. Inc.)
Chapter
Ichon(ICH)
General
Designed by
Released by
G. Raab
GC Shin
general specification
Designation
Document Key
E150-024.49.01 SPE 000 20.0
Date
Baseline
691F00
Pages
Include File
264 of 5555
1T104C01.00A
A4 : 2004-06
general specification
Chapter Baseline
Basic SW Inputs and Outputs 691F00
Date Department Sign
Designed by GC Shin 2008-05-27 SV P GS ES
Released by G. Raab 2008-05-27 SV P GS Sys2 PL
Designation
Engine Management System HMC Theta II ETC/BIN
Chapter Baseline
Basic SW Inputs and Outputs 691F00
Date Department Sign
Designed by GC Shin 2008-05-27 SV P GS ES
Released by G. Raab 2008-05-27 SV P GS Sys2 PL
Designation
Engine Management System HMC Theta II ETC/BIN
def ...........................................................................343
ACTION_INFR_GetVpPut C_DYW_CAM_CRK_SYN_RTD_EX
exp .......................................................................... 401 def ...........................................................................343
imp .......................................................................... 407 C_DYW_CAM_CRK_SYN_RTD_IN
ACTION_INFR_GetVpTco def ...........................................................................343
exp .......................................................................... 419 C_DYW_CAM_SYN_EX
ACTION_INFR_SetHoldIvvt def ...........................................................................343
exp .......................................................................... 345 C_DYW_CAM_SYN_IN
ACTION_INFR_SetIgcDwellTest def ...........................................................................343
exp .......................................................................... 431 C_NR_EDGE_MIN_VLD_CAM_EX
ACTION_INFR_SetIgnAngle def ...........................................................................343
exp .......................................................................... 431 C_NR_EDGE_MIN_VLD_CAM_IN
ACTION_INFR_SetIgnCtl def ...........................................................................343
Chapter Baseline
Basic SW Inputs and Outputs 691F00
Date Department Sign
Designed by GC Shin 2008-05-27 SV P GS ES
Released by G. Raab 2008-05-27 SV P GS Sys2 PL
Designation
Engine Management System HMC Theta II ETC/BIN
use...........................................................................353
others without express authorization are prohibited. Offenders will be
CONF_BAT
as well as utilization of its contents and communication there of to
GEN_LOAD
use .......................................................................... 449
use...........................................................................358
CONF_CAM_VVT_EX
use .......................................................................... 310 I
CONF_DIAGCP_VOL ID_FAC_CAM_EX
use .......................................................................... 353 def ...........................................................................343
CONF_MAF ID_FAC_CAM_IN
use .......................................................................... 407 def ...........................................................................343
CONF_PSTE ID_FAC_TOL_CRK_TOOTH
use .......................................................................... 287 def ...........................................................................307
CONF_TCU ID_V_DUR_IGC_MIN
use .......................................................................... 287 def ...........................................................................390
CPPWM_CPS IDX_EDGE_CAM_EX_i
use .......................................................................... 358
Chapter Baseline
Basic SW Inputs and Outputs 691F00
Date Department Sign
Designed by GC Shin 2008-05-27 SV P GS ES
Released by G. Raab 2008-05-27 SV P GS Sys2 PL
Designation
Engine Management System HMC Theta II ETC/BIN
def........................................................................... 390
others without express authorization are prohibited. Offenders will be
LV_CRK_RUN
LDP_N_32_ID_FAC_TOL_CRK_TOOTH
as well as utilization of its contents and communication there of to
def ...........................................................................289
def........................................................................... 307 LV_CRK_STOP
registration of a utility model or design patent are reserved.
LV_LSH_SCG_LSH_UP[NC_CBK_EX_NR] LV_VLD_PSN_CAM_EX_i
as well as utilization of its contents and communication there of to
T
others without express authorization are prohibited. Offenders will be
TRL_EOI_MIN_PRE_INJ
T_CRK_WIN_ENSD
as well as utilization of its contents and communication there of to
use...........................................................................373
def........................................................................... 289
TRL_EOI_MIN_x
registration of a utility model or design patent are reserved.
T_ES
use...........................................................................361
use .......................................................................... 449
TRL_EOI_POST_INJ_x
T_SEG_CAM_EX_i
use...........................................................................377
def........................................................................... 309
TRL_EOI_PRE_INJ[NC_CYL_NR]
T_SEG_CAM_IN_i
use...........................................................................373
def........................................................................... 309
TRL_FAC_ADD_PULSE
T_SEG_ENSD
use...........................................................................361
def........................................................................... 289
TRL_INJ_MOD_GLOBAL
T_SEG_ER
use...........................................................................361
def........................................................................... 289
TRL_INJ_MOD_x
T_SEG_HALF_ENSD
use...........................................................................361
def........................................................................... 289
TRL_INJ_StateOfPrevInj_x
T_SEG_SW
def ...........................................................................361
Chapter Baseline
Basic SW Inputs and Outputs 691F00
Date Department Sign
Designed by GC Shin 2008-05-27 SV P GS ES
Released by G. Raab 2008-05-27 SV P GS Sys2 PL
Designation
Engine Management System HMC Theta II ETC/BIN
TRL_TI_PRE_INJ[NC_CYL_NR] VB_LIN
as well as utilization of its contents and communication there of to
Chapter Baseline
Basic SW Inputs and Outputs 691F00
Date Department Sign
Designed by GC Shin 2008-05-27 SV P GS ES
Released by G. Raab 2008-05-27 SV P GS Sys2 PL
Designation
Engine Management System HMC Theta II ETC/BIN
Output data:
FUNCTION DESCRIPTION:
V_IGK_BAS 1 B_AN55/PQA3 10
VP_MAP * B_AN56/PQA4 ** Defined in xx203Hyy.zzz
VP_MAF * ** Defined in xx203Hyy.zzz
FTL_BAS_SUB 1 B_AN57/PQA5 100 Sub_FTL
CUR_BAT_BAS 1 B_AN58/PQA6 10 Only for Analog BEM Sensor
VP_PUT * ** Defined in xx203Hyy.zzz (TCI)
B_AN58/PQA6
VP_MAF_CAL 1 10 / SEG Only for Non TCI
VCC_PVS2_DIAG_BAS 1 B_AN59/PQA7 1 shared sensor supply for
PVS2 and MAP1
*) Aquisition rate defined in related module where variable is defined (see remark)
**) Application recurrence defined in related module where variable is defined (see remark)
held liable for payment of damages. All rights created by patent grant or
Transmittal, reproduction, dissemination and/or editing of this document
Input data:
VB_BAS
FUNCTION DESCRIPTION:
General information:
The acquisition of the raw values is performed every 1 ms with the resolution of 10 bits.
Actuator relay
ECU
Actuators
Application conditions:
Activation: at reset
Initialization: VB_MES = VB_BAS.
Recurrence : 10 ms
held liable for payment of damages. All rights created by patent grant or
Transmittal, reproduction, dissemination and/or editing of this document
System Description:
as well as utilization of its contents and communication there of to
The range of VB_BAS and VB_MES depends to the voltage divider (means 0 - 5V at ADC)
registration of a utility model or design patent are reserved.
at the input of the µC. The input is the ADC-value of the V_EL-Pin.
Formula section:
NC_VB_SAMPLE_NR
VB_MES = (1/NC_VB_SAMPLE_NR) * ∑ VB_BASn
n=1
n
NC_VB_SAMPLE_NR = 2 ; 1 =< n =< 6 (NC_VB_SAMPLE_NR is initialized with 8)
Configuration data:
Output data:
Input data:
V_IGK_BAS
FUNCTION DESCRIPTION:
General information:
The acquisition of the raw values is performed every 1 ms with the resolution of 10 bits.
V_IGK_BAS is the same ADC-value which is used in Key on/Key off detection.
Application conditions:
Activation: at reset
Initialization: V_IGK_MES = V_IGK_BAS
Recurrence : 10 ms
Formula section:
NC_V_IGK_SAMPLE_NR
V_IGK_MES = (1/NC_V_IGK_SAMPLE_NR) * ∑ V_IGK_BASn
n=1
n
NC_V_IGK_SAMPLE_NR = 2 ; 1 =< n =< 6 (NC_V_IGK_SAMPLE_NR is initialized with 8)
Configuration data:
Output data:
General information:
Activation : at every engine state except engine stop; calculate
KNKS_CMD_CONF_x, KNKWB_x, KNKWE_x, KNKS_CMD_FIL_x,
KNKS_CMD_INT_X AND KNKS_GAIN_x.
Deactivation : T_KNK_DISABLE
Set gain, filter and integration constant values for knock sensor
others without express authorization are prohibited. Offenders will be
as well as utilization of its contents and communication there of to
ISR
registration of a utility model or design patent are reserved.
KNW
Output data:
FUNCTION DESCRIPTION:
List of logic Inputs
Output data:
Input data:
then LV_ACCIN = 1
else LV_ACCIN = 0
endif
endif
endif
LV_PRS_ACC = LV_IM_PRS_ACC
Chapter Baseline Include File
Basic SW Inputs and Outputs 691F00 5W200F03.00D
Date Department Sign
Designed by GC Shin 2008-05-27 SV P GS ES
Released by G. Raab 2008-05-27 SV P GS Sys2 PL
Designation
Engine Management System HMC Theta II ETC/BIN
else LV_ACIN = 0
and LV_ACCIN = 0
and LV_PRS_ACC = 0
Calibration data:
Output data:
Input data:
as well as utilization of its contents and communication there of to
FUNCTION DESCRIPTION:
General information:
The crankshaft signal is generated by the crankshaft sensor in conjunction with the
crankshaft target wheel. The target wheel has a theoretical number of NC_NR_TOOTH
Chapter Baseline Include File
Basic SW Inputs and Outputs 691F00 30200H01.00K
Date Department Sign
Designed by GC Shin 2008-05-27 SV P GS ES
Released by G. Raab 2008-05-27 SV P GS Sys2 PL
Designation
Engine Management System HMC Theta II ETC/BIN
Application conditions:
Recurrence:
For set of the RAM as flags, a mirror area is defined which contains a copy of the output and
calibration data in the basic software area (see figure below).
The mirror area of the output data is updated by the lower layer at every active signal edge.
The mirror area of the calibration data is updated by the upper layer each 10ms.
The output data is copied from the mirror area every 10 ms
Crankshaft
acquisition
held liable for payment of damages. All rights created by patent grant or
Transmittal, reproduction, dissemination and/or editing of this document
State 0:
passive state
Activation of crankshaft
self-synchronization (LV_ACT_CRK = 1)
State 1:
First edge
State 2:
Sensing
delay
State 3:
First tooth engine stalling detection function () = true
detection
State 4:
Engine
Tooth period out-of-range detection function () = true engine stalling detection function () = true
running
detection
CRK_CTR >=
(NC_NR_TOOTH / NC_NR_GAP) - Reference gap detection function () = true
NC_NR_TOOTH_TOL_MISS - and
registration of a utility model or design patent are reserved.
State 7:
Gap
detection
Acquisition delay
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2
Crankshaft
sensor signal
LV_CRK_STOP
LV_CRK_FIRST_
VLD_TOOTH
LV_CRK_RUN
LV_CRK_SYN
6
5
4
3
ST_CRK_SYN 2
1 = acceptance window
Formula section:
Input condition :
From state 4,5: Tooth period out-of-range detection function () = true
From state 6: CRK_MISS_CTR > NC_NR_TOOTH_TOL_MISS
From state 7: CRK_ADD_CTR > NC_NR_TOOTH_TOL_ADD
Or
CRK_MISS_CTR > NC_NR_TOOTH_TOL_MISS +
NC_NR_TOOTH_GAP
From state 3,4,5,6,7: Engine stalling detection function () = true
From EPM : LV_ACT_CRK = 0
held liable for payment of damages. All rights created by patent grant or
Transmittal, reproduction, dissemination and/or editing of this document
Output condition :
registration of a utility model or design patent are reserved.
Transient action :
None
Input condition :
From state 0: Activation of crk self-synchronization (LV_ACT_CRK = 1)
Output condition :
To state 2: First active signal edge
Transient action :
No actions
Input condition :
From state 1: First active signal edge detected
held liable for payment of damages. All rights created by patent grant or
Transmittal, reproduction, dissemination and/or editing of this document
Output condition :
registration of a utility model or design patent are reserved.
Transient action :
Chapter Baseline Include File
Basic SW Inputs and Outputs 691F00 30200H01.00K
Date Department Sign
Designed by GC Shin 2008-05-27 SV P GS ES
Released by G. Raab 2008-05-27 SV P GS Sys2 PL
Designation
Engine Management System HMC Theta II ETC/BIN
Input condition:
From state 2 : End of crankshaft acquistion delay time
Output condition:
State 4: Normal tooth detection function () = true
State 0: Engine stalling detection function () = true
Input condition:
From state 3: Normal tooth detection function () = true
held liable for payment of damages. All rights created by patent grant or
Transmittal, reproduction, dissemination and/or editing of this document
Output condition:
registration of a utility model or design patent are reserved.
Action in transient:
To state 5: LV_CRK_RUN = 1 (Engine speed can be computed)
Input condition :
From state 4: CRK_CTR >= NC_NR_VLD_TOOTH
Output conditions :
To state 6: Reference gap detection function () = true
To State 0: Engine stalling detection function () = true
Or
(Tooth period out-of-range detection function () = true
And
Reference gap detection function () = false)
And
registration of a utility model or design patent are reserved.
Transient action :
To state 6: LV_CRK_SYN =1
CRK_CTR = 1
LV_FIRST_REF_GAP = 1
Input conditions :
From State 5: Reference gap detection function () = true
From State 7: Reference gap detection function () = true
And
CRK_CTR = (NC_NR_TOOTH / NC_NR_GAP) + 1
Output conditions :
To State 7: CRK_CTR >= (NC_NR_TOOTH / NC_NR_GAP) –
NC_NR_TOOTH_GAP - NC_NR_TOOTH_TOL_MISS
And
as well as utilization of its contents and communication there of to
false
Then Increment CRK_CTR
Endif
Transient action :
To State 0: If CRK_MISS_CTR > NC_NR_TOOTH_TOL_MISS
Then LV_LOST_SYN_CRK = 1
Endif
Input condition :
From state 6: CRK_CTR >= (NC_NR_TOOTH / NC_NR_GAP) –
NC_NR_TOOTH_GAP - NC_NR_TOOTH_TOL_MISS
Output condition :
To State 6: Reference gap detection function () = true
And
CRK_CTR = (NC_NR_TOOTH / NC_NR_GAP) + 1
And
as well as utilization of its contents and communication there of to
Transient action :
To state 6: If CRK_MISS_CTR > 0
Or
CRK_ADD_CTR > 0
Then LV_ORNG_NR_TOOTH_CRK = 1
Endif
CRK_CTR = 1
CRK_MISS_CTR = 0
CRK_ADD_CTR = 0
LV_REF_GAP =1
General information:
held liable for payment of damages. All rights created by patent grant or
Transmittal, reproduction, dissemination and/or editing of this document
The purpose of this function is to validate the tooth period of a normal tooth. The function
others without express authorization are prohibited. Offenders will be
returns false when the tooth period is too small (Signal edges detected before a delay time of
as well as utilization of its contents and communication there of to
T_TOOTH
T_TOOTH_MIN
T_TOOTH_MAX
Formula section:
60
T_TOOTH_MIN =
NC _ NR _ TOOTH * NC _ N _ MAX
General information:
The purpose of this function is to detect a reference gap.
A reference gap is detected if no signal edge was detected inside the crankshaft acceptance
window and at least 1 (after synchronization) or NC_NR_TOOTH_GAP (first gap detection)
teeth have been completely simulated.
The follow figure shows the reference gap detection after synchronization:
Missing Tooth
Acceptance Simulation If crankshaft signal active edge in this
window range ⇒ Reference gap detected
held liable for payment of damages. All rights created by patent grant or
Transmittal, reproduction, dissemination and/or editing of this document
CRK-
registration of a utility model or design patent are reserved.
Signal
T_TOOTH * (1 + ID_FAC_TOL_CRK_TOOTH)
General information:
The purpose of this function is to check if the tooth period is within a defined window area.
The function returns true if the tooth period is outside the acceptance window.
Filtering Acceptance
window
#15 #16 #17
CRK-
Signal
held liable for payment of damages. All rights created by patent grant or
Transmittal, reproduction, dissemination and/or editing of this document
T_TOOTH
others without express authorization are prohibited. Offenders will be
2 * T_TOOTH * ID_FAC_TOL_CRK_TOOTH
as well as utilization of its contents and communication there of to
T_TOOTH * (1 - ID_FAC_TOL_CRK_TOOTH)
Formula section:
Before first reference gap:
If T_TOOTH n-1 * (1 – ID_FAC_TOL_CRK_TOOTH) ≤ T_TOOTH n ≤ T_TOOTH n-
1 * (1 + ID_FAC_TOL_CRK_TOOTH)
Then return (false)
Else return (true)
General information:
Simulate a tooth with tooth period T_TOOTH n-1 (last measured tooth period).
All measurements shall be based on the simulated tooth not on real edges.
Simulation starts at the last (real or simulated) signal edge if no signal edge is detected
inside the acceptance window defined by ID_FAC_TOL_CRK_TOOTH.
CRK-
Signal
Formula section:
Increment CRK_CTR.
Increment CRK_MISS_CTR.
LV_CRK_MISS_TOOTH = 1
held liable for payment of damages. All rights created by patent grant or
Transmittal, reproduction, dissemination and/or editing of this document
General information:
Simulate a tooth with tooth period T_TOOTH n-1 (last measured tooth period).
Simulation starts at the last (real or simulated) signal edge if no signal edge is detected
inside the acceptance window defined by ID_FAC_TOL_CRK_TOOTH.
Simulation stops when a edge is detected after the first simulated missing tooth.
All measurements shall be based on the simulated tooth not on real edges.
General information:
Engine stalling is detected when the number of consecutive simulated teeth exceeds
NC_NR_TOOTH_STALL or when the tooth period is greater than T_TOOTH_MAX.
Formula section:
60
T_TOOTH_MAX =
NC _ NR _ TOOTH * NC _ N _ MIN
Endif
General information:
System request accuracy <= 4 us
General information:
System request accuracy <= 1 us
At Segment event, a trigger is defined and a control signal is generated to trigger execution
of segment synchronous tasks.
The corresponding time intervals T_SEG_ENSD are measured between tooth events located
NC_PSN_SEG_TDC_REF degrees before each TDC.
Segment n-1
Segment n
NC_PSN_SEG_TDC_REF
Application conditions:
Initialisation: T_SEG_ENSD is set to the maximum value
Recurrence : before synchronization: once (when LV_CRK_RUN is set)
after synchronization: NC_PSN_SEG_TDC_REF degrees before each
TDC (segment trigger)
Activation : LV_CRK_RUN = 1
Deactivation : LV_CRK_STOP = 1
held liable for payment of damages. All rights created by patent grant or
Transmittal, reproduction, dissemination and/or editing of this document
General information:
System request accuracy <= 1 us
At the half of a segment (in the middle of two segment events) a half-segment event is
generated and an half-segment trigger is defined and send to the ASW if the engine speed is
lower than a threshold defined by NC_N_SEG_HALF_END.
This function provides a output value for the half-segment period. This measured time is
send to the ASW.
Segment n-1
Segment n
NC_PSN_SEG_TDC_REF – 360°/NC_CYL_NR
NC_PSN_SEG_TDC_REF
Application conditions:
Initialisation: T_SEG_HALF_ENSD is set to the maximum value
Recurrence : before synchronization: once (when LV_CRK_RUN is set)
held liable for payment of damages. All rights created by patent grant or
Transmittal, reproduction, dissemination and/or editing of this document
after synchronization:
others without express authorization are prohibited. Offenders will be
as well as utilization of its contents and communication there of to
and
NC_PSN_SEG_TDC_REF – 360° CRK / NC_CYL_NR degrees before
each TDC (half-segment trigger) if T_SEG_HALF_ENSD >= 60 /
(NC_CYL_NR * NC_N_SEG_HALF_END)
Activation : LV_CRK_RUN = 1
Deactivation : LV_CRK_STOP = 1
General information:
System request accuracy <= 1 us
The function provides output values for the misfire segment period.
The misfire segment period T_SEG_ER corresponds to the TDC period, measured at the
tooth events, which are closest to NC_PHA_SEG_ER_ENSD after each TDC.
Segment n -1
Segment n
NC_PHA_SEG_ER_ENSD
Application conditions:
Initialisation: T_SEG_ER is set to the maximum value
Recurrence : every misfire segment
Formula section:
T_SEG_ER = time interval between misfire segment tooth events.
held liable for payment of damages. All rights created by patent grant or
Transmittal, reproduction, dissemination and/or editing of this document
General information:
System request accuracy <= 1 us
The time interval elapsed between tooth events located between NC_CRK_WIN_SEG_LEN
degrees before the end of each segment and the segment trigger is measured and send to
the ASW segment synchronous
It provides and measures the time of the last NC_CRK_WIN_SEG_LEN teeth period before
segment event.
Segment n-1
Segment n
NC_CRK_WIN_SEG_LEN
NC_PSN_SEG_TDC_REF
Segment start
NC_PSN_SEG_TDC_REF + NC_CRK_WIN_SEG_LEN
TDC
Application conditions:
Initialisation: T_CRK_WIN_ENSD is set to the maximum value
Recurrence : every segment
Activation : LV_CRK_SYN = 1
Deactivation : LV_CRK_STOP = 1
Formula section:
If LV_CRK_SYN is set to 1 between NC_CRK_WIN_SEG_LEN degrees before the
end of the segment and the segment trigger event
Then /* Recalculation from last available tooth period */
T_CRK_WIN = (T_TOOTH * NC_NR_TOOTH) / (360°CRK /
NC_CRK_WIN_SEG_LEN)
Else /* Normal calculation */
T_CRK_WIN_ENSD = time interval between tooth events located between
NC_CRK_WIN_SEG_LEN degrees before the end of each segment and the
segment triger
Endif
General information:
held liable for payment of damages. All rights created by patent grant or
Transmittal, reproduction, dissemination and/or editing of this document
Configuration data:
2.6.4.1 General
registration of a utility model or design patent are reserved.
With both sensor technologies, there is an angular offset between the mechanical reference
(usually the trailing edge of a tooth) and the timing reference of the sensor (zero crossing of
the MCPS signal, output switching of the ACPS) for an active edge. This offset will further on
be referred to as phase angle. The phase angle depends strongly on sensor tolerances,
installation tolerances (air gap), and operating conditions (speed, temperature).
The tolerances given in the following paragraphs refer to the angular position of the
crankshaft target wheel when an active signal edge is recognized by the input port of the µP,
or to the rotation angle between such events, respectively.
Any signal disturbance must be suppressed as far as possible. Supplemental trigger events
others without express authorization are prohibited. Offenders will be
as well as utilization of its contents and communication there of to
must not be generated due to such disturbance, particularly not at the slow zero crossing in
the reference gap.
registration of a utility model or design patent are reserved.
Output data:
Input data:
Import actions:
General information:
others without express authorization are prohibited. Offenders will be
as well as utilization of its contents and communication there of to
• up to 4 camshaft sensors
• active camshaft sensors (ACAM) with TPO or without TPO
• magnetic camshaft sensors (MCAM)
• halfmoon or pin-type camshaft target wheels
• one reference gaps per engine revolution (NC_NR_GAP = 1)
The active camshaft signal edge(s) for synchronization can be selected by configuration data
NC_ACT_CAM_EDGE_SYN:
Chapter Baseline Include File
Basic SW Inputs and Outputs 691F00 5W200J01.00A
Date Department Sign
Designed by GC Shin 2008-05-27 SV P GS ES
Released by G. Raab 2008-05-27 SV P GS Sys2 PL
Designation
Engine Management System HMC Theta II ETC/BIN
Application conditions:
Recurrence:
For set of the RAM as flags, a mirror area is defined which contains a copy of the output and
calibration data in the basic software area (see figure below).
The mirror area of the output data is updated by the lower layer at every active signal edge.
The mirror area of the calibration data is updated by the upper layer each 10ms.
The output data is copied from the mirror area every 10 ms
Camshaft
acquisition
General information:
LV_SYN_CAM_IN(EX)_i
Application conditions:
Recurrence: every camshaft signal edge (falling and rising)
State 0:
Passive
State
From EPM
State 1:
Activation of CAM
First edge
self synchronization
State 3:
Camshaft ratio
determination
Next camshaft signal
edge
State 4:
Camshaft CTR_EDGE_CAM_IN(EX)_i
synchronization <= NR_EDGE_MIN_VLD_CAM_IN(EX)
CTR_EDGE_CAM_IN(EX)_i
> C_NR_EDGE_MIN_VLD_CAM_IN(EX)
State 5:
Camshaft
position
validation
held liable for payment of damages. All rights created by patent grant or
Transmittal, reproduction, dissemination and/or editing of this document
Formula section:
others without express authorization are prohibited. Offenders will be
as well as utilization of its contents and communication there of to
Input condition :
From EPM : Desactivation of CAM self synchronization
From state 2 : Time out detection function () = False
From state 3 : No cam edge index identified
Output condition :
Chapter Baseline Include File
Basic SW Inputs and Outputs 691F00 5W200J01.00A
Date Department Sign
Designed by GC Shin 2008-05-27 SV P GS ES
Released by G. Raab 2008-05-27 SV P GS Sys2 PL
Designation
Engine Management System HMC Theta II ETC/BIN
Action in transient:
No actions
Input condition:
From EPM: Activation of CAM self synchronization
Output condition:
To state 2 First active signal edge
Action in transient:
No actions
Input condition :
Output condition :
To state 0: Time out detection function () = False
Action in transient:
No actions
Input condition :
Output condition :
registration of a utility model or design patent are reserved.
Action in transient :
Chapter Baseline Include File
Basic SW Inputs and Outputs 691F00 5W200J01.00A
Date Department Sign
Designed by GC Shin 2008-05-27 SV P GS ES
Released by G. Raab 2008-05-27 SV P GS Sys2 PL
Designation
Engine Management System HMC Theta II ETC/BIN
Input condition :
From state 3: Cam Edge index is single
Output condition :
To state 2: CTR_EDGE_CAM_IN(EX)_i <=
C_NR_EDGE_MIN_VLD_CAM_IN(EX)
To state 5: CTR_EDGE_CAM_IN(EX)_i >
C_NR_EDGE_MIN_VLD_CAM_IN(EX)
Action in transient:
To state 5: LV_VLD_PSN_CAM_IN(EX)_i = 1
Input condition:
From state 4: CTR_EDGE_CAM_IN(EX)_i >
C_NR_EDGE_MIN_VLD_CAM_IN(EX)
Output condition:
To state 2: Next camshaft active edge
held liable for payment of damages. All rights created by patent grant or
Transmittal, reproduction, dissemination and/or editing of this document
Action in transient:
None
General information:
State 0:
Passive state
From EPM
State 1: Activation of CAM
Level CRK synchronization
detection And
LV_CRK_FIRST_VLD_TOOTH = 1
State 2:
First event
State 3:
Engine position
offset
determination
State 4:
Engine position
offset validation
held liable for payment of damages. All rights created by patent grant or
Transmittal, reproduction, dissemination and/or editing of this document
Synchronization is validated
registration of a utility model or design patent are reserved.
To EPM
Formula section:
Input condition :
From EPM : Deactivation of CAM CRK synchronization
Output condition :
No output conditions
Action in transient :
No actions
Input condition:
Transmittal, reproduction, dissemination and/or editing of this document
And
LV_CRK_FIRST_VLD_TOOTH = 1
Output condition :
To state 2: At the end of the action in the state
Action in the state :
LV_ORNG_CAM_SYN_CRK = 0
If NC_ACT_CAM_EDGE_SYN = 1
Then Keep falling signal edge: Index list = {1}
Elseif NC_ACT_CAM_EDGE_SYN = 2
Then Keep rising signal edge: Index list = {2}
Else Level detection:
If camshaft signal level is high
Then Keep rising signal edge: Index list = {2}
Else Keep falling signal edge: Index list = {1}
Endif
Endif
Action in transient :
No actions
Input condition :
From state 1: At the end of the action in the state 1
From state 3: Engine revolution can not be identified
Output condition :
To state 3: Every camshaft edge or every crankshaft reference gap.
Action in transient :
No actions
held liable for payment of damages. All rights created by patent grant or
Transmittal, reproduction, dissemination and/or editing of this document
Input condition :
From state 2 : Camshaft edge or crankshaft reference gap
Output condition :
To state 4 : Engine revolution is identified AND LV_CRK_SYN = 1.
To state 2 : Engine revolution can not be identified
Chapter Baseline Include File
Basic SW Inputs and Outputs 691F00 5W200J01.00A
Date Department Sign
Designed by GC Shin 2008-05-27 SV P GS ES
Released by G. Raab 2008-05-27 SV P GS Sys2 PL
Designation
Engine Management System HMC Theta II ETC/BIN
Action in transient :
To state 4 : LV_CAM_SYN_CRK = 1
To state 0 : LV_ORNG_CAM_SYN_CRK = 1
Input condition :
From state 3 : Engine revolution is identified AND LV_CRK_SYN = 1
Output condition :
To state 0 : Camshaft validation for crankshaft synchronization function
() = false
To EPM: Synchronization is validated by EPM
General information:
held liable for payment of damages. All rights created by patent grant or
Transmittal, reproduction, dissemination and/or editing of this document
REL_ANG_CRK_
registration of a utility model or design patent are reserved.
REL_ANG_CAM_
REF_GAP PSN_ENG_SYN_CAM_MIN
For rapid start of port-injection engines it is useful to start injection before synchronization on
crankshaft signal is achieved. An approximative information about engine position is
necessary for phasing the injection in a way to avoid emissions increase.
Chapter Baseline Include File
Basic SW Inputs and Outputs 691F00 5W200J01.00A
Date Department Sign
Designed by GC Shin 2008-05-27 SV P GS ES
Released by G. Raab 2008-05-27 SV P GS Sys2 PL
Designation
Engine Management System HMC Theta II ETC/BIN
Application conditions:
Recurrence: every falling camshaft signal edge and every reference gap if
NC_ACT_CAM_EDGE_SYN = 1
every rising camshaft signal edge and every reference gap if
NC_ACT_CAM_EDGE_SYN = 2
every camshaft signal edge (rising and falling) and every reference gap
if NC_ACT_CAM_EDGE_SYN = 3
State 0:
Pre-inj
passive state
From EPM
State 1:
LV_CRK_SYN = 0 and
pre-injection
LV_CRK_FIRST_VLD_TOOTH =1
initialization
LV_CAM_SYN_CRK = 1
And LV_CRK_SYN = 1
State 2:
Engine position for
pre-injection before
Cam edge
held liable for payment of damages. All rights created by patent grant or
Transmittal, reproduction, dissemination and/or editing of this document
CAM edge
others without express authorization are prohibited. Offenders will be
as well as utilization of its contents and communication there of to
State 3:
Engine position for
pre-injection after
Cam edge
Formula section:
Input condition :
From state 2,3 : LV_CRK_SYN = 1 and LV_CAM_SYN_CRK = 1
Output condition :
No conditions
Action in transient :
No actions
Input condition :
From EPM : LV_CRK_SYN = 0 and LV_CRK_FIRST_VLD_TOOTH =1
Output condition :
To state 2: End of the state 1
If CONF_CAM_VVT_EX = 0
others without express authorization are prohibited. Offenders will be
as well as utilization of its contents and communication there of to
PSN_ENG_SYN_CAM_MIN =
registration of a utility model or design patent are reserved.
NC_PSN_EDGE_z_CAM_IN(EX)_i –
CAM_DYW_SYN_IN(EX)
for the lowest possible signal edge index z
PSN_ENG_SYN_CAM_MAX =
NC_PSN_EDGE_z+1_CAM_IN(EX)_i +
CAM_DYW_SYN_IN(EX)
for the next highest possible signal edge index z+1
Elseif CONF_CAM_VVT_EX = 1
ACTION_ENSD_GetCAMINLevel(IN<STATE_CAM_IN>)
ACTION_ENSD_GetCAMEXLevel(IN<STATE_CAM_EX>)
If [(STATE_CAM_IN = 0 and STATE_CAM_EX = 1)
or
(STATE_CAM_IN = 1 and STATE_CAM_EX = 0)]
PSN_ENG_SYN_CAM_MIN =
NC_PSN_EDGE_z_CAM_EX_i –
CAM_DYW_SYN_EX
for the lowest possible signal edge index z
PSN_ENG_SYN_CAM_MAX =
NC_PSN_EDGE_z+1_CAM_IN_i +
CAM_DYW_SYN_IN
for the next highest possible signal edge index z+1
Endif
PSN_ENG_SYN_CAM_MAX =
NC_PSN_EDGE_z+1_CAM_EX_i +
CAM_DYW_SYN_EX
for the next highest possible signal edge index z+1
held liable for payment of damages. All rights created by patent grant or
Transmittal, reproduction, dissemination and/or editing of this document
Endif
registration of a utility model or design patent are reserved.
Endif
Endif
Action in transient :
LV_ANG_EVT = 0
Input condition :
From state 1: End of the state 1
Output condition :
To state 3 : First cam edge found
To state 0 : LV_CRK_SYN = 1 and LV_CAM_SYN_CRK = 1
Action in transient :
To state 0 : PSN_ENG_SYN_CAM_MIN= PSN_ENG_SYN_CAM_MAX
= PSN_ENG_CRK
Input condition :
From state 2: First cam edge found
Output condition :
To state 0 : LV_CRK_SYN = 1 and LV_CAM_SYN_CRK = 1
= PSN_ENG_CRK
registration of a utility model or design patent are reserved.
General information:
Time-out is detected when the segment period exceeds NC_T_SEG_MAX_CAM_IN(EX).
Time out detection is used for engine stalling detection during crankshaft limp-home.
Formula section:
If T_SEG_CAM_IN(EX)_i <= NC_T_SEG_MAX_CAM_IN(EX)
Then return (true)
Else return(false)
Endif
Signal de-glitching
NC_T_SEG_MIN_CAM_IN (EX)
Formula section:
If a glitch occurs during the delay NC_T_SEG_MIN_CAM_IN(EX)
Then Return (true)
Else Return (false)
Endif
General information:
registration of a utility model or design patent are reserved.
Application conditions:
Recurrence : every camshaft active edge.
Measured ratio :
RATIO_PER_CAM_IN(EX)_i =
T_SEG_CAM_IN(EX)_in / T_SEG_CAM_IN(EX)_in-1
Chapter Baseline Include File
Basic SW Inputs and Outputs 691F00 5W200J01.00A
Date Department Sign
Designed by GC Shin 2008-05-27 SV P GS ES
Released by G. Raab 2008-05-27 SV P GS Sys2 PL
Designation
Engine Management System HMC Theta II ETC/BIN
PSN_z – PSN_z-1
PSN_z-1 – PSN_z-2
General information:
The algorithm has to determine the index of the actual signal edge corresponding to
the position of the camshaft by checking the measured ratio and the theoric ratio.
Application conditions:
Recurrence: every camshaft active edge.
Formula section:
General information:
This function determines the possible camshaft signal indexes and returns the engine
position offset (0° or 360°) when index is identified.
The range of the local variables alpha and beta is:
Alpha: -720° CRK to +720° CRK
Beta: 0° CRK to +720° CRK
Limit: 0° CRK to +720° CRK
Chapter Baseline Include File
Basic SW Inputs and Outputs 691F00 5W200J01.00A
Date Department Sign
Designed by GC Shin 2008-05-27 SV P GS ES
Released by G. Raab 2008-05-27 SV P GS Sys2 PL
Designation
Engine Management System HMC Theta II ETC/BIN
Formula section:
Calculate theoretical angular distance between two successive active camshaft edges:
If NC_ACT_CAM_EDGE_SYN = 3
Then Falling and rising camshaft edges
PSN_CAM_CAM = NC_PSN_EDGE_z_CAM_IN(EX)_i –
NC_PSN_EDGE_z-1_CAM_IN(EX)_i
Else Only Falling or only rising camshaft edges
PSN_CAM_CAM = NC_PSN_EDGE_z_CAM_IN(EX)_i –
NC_PSN_EDGE_z-2_CAM_IN(EX)_i = 720° CRK
Endif
Tests (depending on actual event and history) are done for each index z of the possible
indexes table. If the test is false then the corresponding index is eliminated.
The following table shows the actions to perform in function of the current (n) and last event
(n-1).
The event is a detection of Camshaft edge (CAM) or a detection of reference gap (GAP).
Tests are done with the current value of REL_ANG_CRK_CAM.
Action 1:
This action should be done before the test.
If NC_ACT_CAM_EDGE_SYN = 3
Then Increment indexes in the list of possible camshaft signal index by 1
Chapter Baseline Include File
Basic SW Inputs and Outputs 691F00 5W200J01.00A
Date Department Sign
Designed by GC Shin 2008-05-27 SV P GS ES
Released by G. Raab 2008-05-27 SV P GS Sys2 PL
Designation
Engine Management System HMC Theta II ETC/BIN
Test 2:
Alpha = PSN_CAM_CAM - CAM_DYW_SYN_IN(EX)
Beta = PSN_CAM_CAM + CAM_DYW_SYN_IN(EX)
If Beta < 0°
Then Alpha = Alpha + 720°
Beta = Beta + 720°
Endif
If Alpha < 0°
Then (no operation)
Endif
Test 3:
held liable for payment of damages. All rights created by patent grant or
Transmittal, reproduction, dissemination and/or editing of this document
Test 3A:
as well as utilization of its contents and communication there of to
Test 3B:
Beta = 720° - NC_OFS_TDC0_REF_CRK - NC_PSN_EDGE_z_CAM_IN(EX)_i
+ CAM_DYW_CRK_SYN_ADC_IN(EX)
If Beta < 0°
Then Beta = Beta + 720°
Endif
If REL_ANG_CRK_CAM < Beta < Limit
Then PSN_ENG_CRK_OFS_TMP= 360
Endif
Limit
TDC0
held liable for payment of damages. All rights created by patent grant or
Transmittal, reproduction, dissemination and/or editing of this document
NC_PSN_EDGE_2_CAM
registration of a utility model or design patent are reserved.
NC_PSN_EDGE_1_CAM
Test 4:
Alpha = 360° - NC_OFS_TDC0_REF_CRK - NC_PSN_EDGE_z_CAM_IN(EX)_i
-CAM_DYW_CRK_SYN_RTD_IN(EX)
Beta = 360° - NC_OFS_TDC0_REF_CRK - NC_PSN_EDGE_z_CAM_IN(EX)_i
+ CAM_DYW_CRK_SYN_ADC_IN(EX)
If Beta < 0°
Then Alpha = Alpha + 720°
Beta = Beta + 720°
Endif
If Alpha < 0°
held liable for payment of damages. All rights created by patent grant or
Transmittal, reproduction, dissemination and/or editing of this document
Endif
Test 5:
Alpha = NC_PSN_EDGE_z_CAM_IN(EX)_i - (360° - NC_OFS_TDC0_REF_CRK )
- CAM_DYW_CRK_SYN_ADC_IN(EX)
Beta = NC_PSN_EDGE_z_CAM_IN(EX)_i - (360° - NC_OFS_TDC0_REF_CRK )
+ CAM_DYW_CRK_SYN_RTD_IN(EX)
If Beta < 0°
Then Alpha = Alpha + 720°
Beta = Beta + 720°
Endif
If Alpha < 0°
held liable for payment of damages. All rights created by patent grant or
Transmittal, reproduction, dissemination and/or editing of this document
Endif
General information:
The purpose of this function is to check the angular distance between cam/crk events. The
function returns false is the active camshaft signal edge z is outside the defined tolerance
window.
Application conditions:
Recurrence: every falling camshaft signal edge and every reference gap if
NC_ACT_CAM_EDGE_SYN = 1
every rising camshaft signal edge and every reference gap if
NC_ACT_CAM_EDGE_SYN = 2
held liable for payment of damages. All rights created by patent grant or
Transmittal, reproduction, dissemination and/or editing of this document
every camshaft signal edge (rising and falling) and every reference gap
others without express authorization are prohibited. Offenders will be
if NC_ACT_CAM_EDGE_SYN = 3
as well as utilization of its contents and communication there of to
Formula section:
Calculate theoretical angular distance between two successive active camshaft edges:
If NC_ACT_CAM_EDGE_SYN = 3
Then Falling and rising camshaft edges
PSN_CAM_CAM = NC_PSN_EDGE_z_CAM_IN(EX)_i –
NC_PSN_EDGE_z-1_CAM_IN(EX)_i
Else Only Falling or only rising camshaft edges
Chapter Baseline Include File
Basic SW Inputs and Outputs 691F00 5W200J01.00A
Date Department Sign
Designed by GC Shin 2008-05-27 SV P GS ES
Released by G. Raab 2008-05-27 SV P GS Sys2 PL
Designation
Engine Management System HMC Theta II ETC/BIN
Action 1
This action should be done before the test.
If NC_ACT_CAM_EDGE_SYN = 3
Then Increment indexes in the list of possible camshaft signal index by 1
modulo 2.
Else (no operation)
Endif
Test 1
Alpha = PSN_CAM_CAM - CAM_DYW_SYN_IN(EX)
Beta = PSN_CAM_CAM + CAM_DYW_SYN_IN(EX)
If Beta < 0°
Then Alpha = Alpha + 720°
held liable for payment of damages. All rights created by patent grant or
Transmittal, reproduction, dissemination and/or editing of this document
Endif
If Alpha < 0°
Then (no operation)
Endif
Test 2
Alpha = 360° - NC_OFS_TDC0_REF_CRK - NC_PSN_EDGE_z_CAM_IN(EX)_i
- CAM_DYW_CRK_SYN_RTD_IN(EX)
Beta = 360° - NC_OFS_TDC0_REF_CRK - NC_PSN_EDGE_z_CAM_IN(EX)_i
+ CAM_DYW_CRK_SYN_ADC_IN(EX)
If Beta < 0°
Then Alpha = Alpha + 720°
Beta = Beta + 720°
Endif
If Alpha < 0°
Then (no operation)
Endif
(engine revolution 0)
registration of a utility model or design patent are reserved.
General information:
A truth table is used in order to define the possible engine position.
Application conditions:
Recurrence : On each crankshaft active edge (CRK), reference gap (GAP) or camshaft edge
(CAM)
Formula section:
Pre-inj Action 1
held liable for payment of damages. All rights created by patent grant or
Transmittal, reproduction, dissemination and/or editing of this document
If CONF_CAM_VVT_EX = 0
as well as utilization of its contents and communication there of to
AND LV_ANG_EVT = 0
Then PSN_ENG_SYN_CAM_MIN n= PSN_ENG_SYN_CAM_MIN n-1 + C_PSN_MIN_OFS
PSN_ENG_SYN_CAM_MAX n= PSN_ENG_SYN_CAM_MAX n-1 - C_PSN_MAX_OFS
LV_ANG_EVT = 1
Else
PSN_ENG_SYN_CAM_MIN n = PSN_ENG_SYN_CAM_MIN n-1 + 360/NC_NR_TOOTH
PSN_ENG_SYN_CAM_MAX n= PSN_ENG_SYN_CAM_MAX n-1
Elseif CONF_CAM_VVT_EX = 1
If REL_ANG_CRK_CAM > C_CRK_ANG_DLY_1
AND LV_ANG_EVT = 0
ACTION_ENSD_GetCAMINLevel(IN<STATE_CAM_IN>)
ACTION_ENSD_GetCAMEXLevel(IN<STATE_CAM_EX>)
Pre-inj Action 2
PSN_ENG_SYN_CAM_MIN n = PSN_ENG_SYN_CAM_MIN n-1 +
(NC_NR_TOOTH_GAP + 1 ) * 360/NC_NR_TOOTH
PSN_ENG_SYN_CAM_MAX n = PSN_ENG_SYN_CAM_MAX n-1
held liable for payment of damages. All rights created by patent grant or
Transmittal, reproduction, dissemination and/or editing of this document
General information:
A truth table is used in order to define the possible engine position.
Application conditions:
Recurrence : On each crankshaft active edge (CRK), reference gap (GAP) or camshaft edge
(CAM)
Formula section:
Pre-inj Action 1
PSN_ENG_SYN_CAM_MIN n = PSN_ENG_SYN_CAM_MIN n-1 + 360°/NC_NR_TOOTH
PSN_ENG_SYN_CAM_MAX n = PSN_ENG_SYN_CAM_MAX n-1 + 360°/NC_NR_TOOTH
Pre-inj Action 2
PSN_ENG_SYN_CAM_MIN = NC_PSN_EDGE_z_CAM_IN(EX)_i – CAM_DYW_SYN_IN(EX)
for the lowest possible signal edge index z
PSN_ENG_SYN_CAM_MAX = NC_PSN_EDGE_z_CAM_IN(EX)_i + CAM_DYW_SYN_IN(EX)
for the highest possible signal edge index z
Note: The possible signal edges z are determined by checking the conditions of
“Camshaft Edge Index determination function()”. This function must be executed before
action 2.
Pre-inj Action 3
PSN_ENG_SYN_CAM_MIN n = PSN_ENG_SYN_CAM_MIN n-1 +
(NC_NR_TOOTH_GAP+1) * 360°/NC_NR_TOOTH
PSN_ENG_SYN_CAM_MAX n = PSN_ENG_SYN_CAM_MAX n-1 +
(NC_NR_TOOTH_GAP+1) * 360°/NC_NR_TOOTH
Pre-inj Action 4
A camshaft edge has occured during the reference gap (when the camshaft edge is
detected Pre-inj Action 2 is performed and when the first crankshaft active edge after
the reference is detected Pre-inj Action 4 is performed)
PSN_ENG_SYN_CAM_MIN n = PSN_ENG_SYN_CAM_MIN n-1 + REL_ANG_CRK_CAM
PSN_ENG_SYN_CAM_MAX n = PSN_ENG_SYN_CAM_MAX n-1 + REL_ANG_CRK_CAM
held liable for payment of damages. All rights created by patent grant or
Transmittal, reproduction, dissemination and/or editing of this document
General information:
The purpose of this function is to check the VVT lock position flag and to extend the cam/crk
tolerance windows if the VVT is not in locked position at engine start.
Formula section:
If LV_CAM_LOCK_IVVT_IN(EX)_i = 0 for the camshaft sensor selected for cam/crk
synchronization
And
NLC_IVVT_IN(EX) = 1
Then VVT not in locked position at engine start
CAM_DYW_SYN_IN = C_DYW_CAM_SYN_IN + C_CAM_ADJ_VVT_SYN_IN
CAM_DYW_SYN_EX = C_DYW_CAM_SYN_EX + C_CAM_ADJ_VVT_SYN_EX
CAM_DYW_CRK_SYN_ADC_IN = C_DYW_CAM_CRK_SYN_ADC_IN +
C_CAM_ADJ_VVT_SYN_CRK_ADC_IN
CAM_DYW_CRK_SYN_ADC_EX = C_DYW_CAM_CRK_SYN_ADC_EX
CAM_DYW_CRK_SYN_RTD_IN = C_DYW_CAM_CRK_SYN_RTD_IN
CAM_DYW_CRK_SYN_RTD_EX = C_DYW_CAM_CRK_SYN_RTD_EX +
C_CAM_ADJ_VVT_SYN_CRK_RTD_EX
Else
VVT in locked position at engine start or no VVT at all
CAM_DYW_SYN_IN = C_DYW_CAM_SYN_IN
CAM_DYW_SYN_EX = C_DYW_CAM_SYN_EX
CAM_DYW_CRK_SYN_ADC_IN = C_DYW_CAM_CRK_SYN_ADC_IN
CAM_DYW_CRK_SYN_ADC_EX = C_DYW_CAM_CRK_SYN_ADC_EX
CAM_DYW_CRK_SYN_RTD_IN = C_DYW_CAM_CRK_SYN_RTD_IN
CAM_DYW_CRK_SYN_RTD_EX = C_DYW_CAM_CRK_SYN_RTD_EX
Endif
held liable for payment of damages. All rights created by patent grant or
Transmittal, reproduction, dissemination and/or editing of this document
General information:
The Cam acquisition will be available for every active edge of the signal. A pre-filtering is
used in order to remove the glitch.
Application conditions:
Recurrence: every active edge
Formula section:
System request accuracy <= 4 us
Chapter Baseline Include File
Basic SW Inputs and Outputs 691F00 5W200J01.00A
Date Department Sign
Designed by GC Shin 2008-05-27 SV P GS ES
Released by G. Raab 2008-05-27 SV P GS Sys2 PL
Designation
Engine Management System HMC Theta II ETC/BIN
General information:
The purpose of this function is to provide a measurement for
- the angular distance between the first valid crankshaft teeth and the first active camshaft
edge
- the angular distance between two consecutive valid active camshaft signal edges
Only active camshaft signal edges shall be processed. The active camshaft edge for
synchronization is defined by NC_ACT_CAM_EDGE_SYN.
Application conditions:
Recurrence: every crankshaft or camshaft active edge
Formula section:
If LV_CRK_FIRST_VLD TOOTH = 0
Then REL_ANG_CRK_CAM = 0
Else If active cam edge
Then REL_ANG_CRK_CAM = 0
Else If active crank edge or after missing tooth simulation
Then REL_ANG_CRK_CAM = REL_ANG_CRK_CAM +
360°crk /NC_NR_TOOTH
Else REL_ANG_CRK_CAM n is frozen
Endif
Endif
Endif
General information:
registration of a utility model or design patent are reserved.
Formula section:
If LV_CRK_SYN = 0
Then REL_ANG_CAM_REF_GAP = 0
Else if Reference Gap is detected
Then REL_ANG_CAM_REF_GAP = 0
Else if crank active edge
Then REL_ANG_CAM_REF_GAP = REL_ANG_CAM_REF_GAP +
360°crk /NC_NR_TOOTH
Else REL_ANG_CAM_REF_GAP is frozen
Endif
Endif
Endif
held liable for payment of damages. All rights created by patent grant or
Transmittal, reproduction, dissemination and/or editing of this document
Offset angle on minimum engine position for pre-injection when Crankshaft angle threshold is reached when
as well as utilization of its contents and communication there of to
the intake and exhaust camshaft signals are either both high or both low
registration of a utility model or design patent are reserved.
Configuration data:
ACTION_INFR_StopPulseIvvt(<Ivvt>)
held liable for payment of damages. All rights created by patent grant or
Transmittal, reproduction, dissemination and/or editing of this document
This action stops the time limited pulse width modulation energisation for the camshaft Ivvt.
others without express authorization are prohibited. Offenders will be
as well as utilization of its contents and communication there of to
Ivvt IN 0H IVVT_IN_1 1 -
1H IVVT_EX_1
2H IVVT_IN_2
3H IVVT_EX_2
Camshaft specification for setting energisation
FUNCTION DESCRIPTION:
General information:
The IVVT control consists of the merging of the holding pulse width modulation energisation
and time limited low or high level adjustment pulses. The holding energisation is a system
parameter, which is adapted slightly due to e.g. tolerances. It can be the low level
energisation in some special cases. The adjustment energisations are calculated by the
controller and lead to camshaft movement. Some solenoid valve energisation cases are
shown in figure "Solenoid valve energisation".
Controller
Controller
call
call
call
PWM (%)
T_IVVTPWM
T_IVVTPWM
held liable for payment of damages. All rights created by patent grant or
Transmittal, reproduction, dissemination and/or editing of this document
Update
registration of a utility model or design patent are reserved.
Stop
Time
Data acquisition
Parameter Absolute Relative Resolution Coincidence Comment
precision precision with
parameter
Ivvt 1 - - - Set energisation for related camshaft:
IVVT_IN_1, IVVT_IN_2, IVVT_EX_1,
IVVT_EX_2
Ivvthpwm 0.025 - - - If FFFFH is set then real output has to be
100 %
Frq_Ivvthpwm 1 - - -
Data acquisition
Parameter Absolute Relative Resolution Coincidence Comment
precision precision with
parameter
Ivvt 1 - - - Set energisation for related camshaft:
IVVT_IN_1, IVVT_IN_2, IVVT_EX_1,
IVVT_EX_2
Ivvtpwm 0.025 - - - If FFFFH is set then real output has to be
100 %
Frq_Ivvtpwm 1 - - -
T_Ivvtpwm 1e-4 - - -
Data acquisition
Parameter Absolute Relative Resolution Coincidence Comment
precision precision with
parameter
Ivvt 1 - - - Set energisation for related camshaft:
IVVT_IN_1, IVVT_IN_2, IVVT_EX_1,
IVVT_EX_2
Diagnosis: -
again.
registration of a utility model or design patent are reserved.
Output data:
FUNCTION DESCRIPTION:
General information:
The signal from wheel sensor or ABS control unit or gearbox sensor (high and low) is
recorded by incrementation of the free running edge counter BIOS_VS_EDGE_CTR with one
digit at every change from low to high. The value is stored as BIOS_VS_EDGE_CTR in a
free running counter too.
input signal
BIOS_VS_EDGE_T
BIOS_VS_EDGE_CTR
held liable for payment of damages. All rights created by patent grant or
Transmittal, reproduction, dissemination and/or editing of this document
Output data:
Input data:
NC_T_BAS_FRQ_DIV NC_FRQ_ECU
General information:
Description:
SEG_T_MES_1_RR_BAS SEG_T_MES_0_RR_BAS
--------->
Wheel Sensor
The resolution of the output data depending on the quartz frequency is defined as:
others without express authorization are prohibited. Offenders will be
as well as utilization of its contents and communication there of to
The configuration bit CONF_CFA is representing the activated control algorithm. Either the
functions for RLY-fan(s) or the functions for PWM-fan(s) are activated. Both control functions
are never activated in at the same time.
For each fan stage as well as each PWM value, a signal at the ECU output stage has to be
generated by the infrastructure to guarantee the link between the calculated signal to the
available cooling fan(s) (hardware component) at the vehicle.
Input data:
FUNCTION DESCRIPTION:
General information:
In case of a enabled RLY-fan control strategy (refer chapter: “ENTE Configuration data”), a
Boolean is calculated (LV_ACT_ECF[NC_ECF_NR][NC_ECF_RLY_NR) to switch on / off the
requested cooling fan stage(s). For each fan stage a signal at the ECU output has to be
generated by the infrastructure to guarantee the link between the calculated signal to the
held liable for payment of damages. All rights created by patent grant or
Transmittal, reproduction, dissemination and/or editing of this document
Formula section:
In case of a RLY/PWM-fan configuration (NC_ECF_CONF=2), when the RLY output stage(s)
for the control of the cooling fan(s) at the vehicle are activated, the PWM output stage(s) are
permanent disabled (no PWM output) to prevent an unwanted fan control behaviour.
Input data:
ECFPWM[NC_ECF_NR] NC_ECF_NR
FUNCTION DESCRIPTION:
General information:
In case of an enabled PWM-fan control strategy (refer chapter: “ENTE Configuration data), a
pulse width modulated value is calculated (ECFPWM[NC_ECF_NR]) to control the requested
cooling fan(s). For each PWM value, a signal at the ECU output stage has to be generated
by the infrastructure to guarantee the link between the calculated signal to the available
cooling fan(s) (hardware component) at the vehicle.
PWM output name Frequency Updating of duty cycle Range of duty cycle
ECFPWM[NC_ECF_NR] 300 Hz 200 ms 0 -100%
(CFAPWM_CFA)
Application conditions:
Activation: at every engine operating state
Deactivation: -
held liable for payment of damages. All rights created by patent grant or
Transmittal, reproduction, dissemination and/or editing of this document
Formula section:
In case of a RLY/PWM-fan configuration (NC_ECF_CONF=2), when the PWM output
stage(s) for the control of the cooling fan(s) at the vehicle are activated, the RLY output
stage(s) are permanent disabled (no RLY output) to prevent an unwanted fan control
behaviour.
Output data:
Input data:
TPS C_TPS_IS_OUT LV_ERR_TPS LV_ERR_TPS_PLAUS
LV_CT
If LV_ERR_TPS = 1
or LV_ERR_TPS_PLAUS = 1
then TPSPWM = 3% (Error Identifier)
else if LV_CT = 1
then TPSPWM = 5%
else if TPS > C_TPS_WOT_TPS_PWM
then TPSPWM = 91%
else TPSPWM =
91% − 5%
* (TPS − C _ TPS _ IS _ OUT ) + 5%
C _ TPS _ WOT _ TPSPWM − C _ TPS _ IS _ OUT
TPSPWM
91%
held liable for payment of damages. All rights created by patent grant or
Transmittal, reproduction, dissemination and/or editing of this document
5%
as well as utilization of its contents and communication there of to
C_TPS_WOT_TPS_PWM TPS
LV_CT
Calibration data:
Output data:
Input data:
FUNCTION DESCRIPTION:
General information:
The raw value of fuel tank level voltage (FTL_BAS) is measured by continuous conversion
(10 bits) every 0.1 sec.
The sub value of fuel tank level voltage (FTL_BAS_SUB) is measured by continuous
conversion (10 bits) every 0.1 sec, only if dual FTL sensor is available.
The corresponding value of the first measurement after hardware reset is used for
initialisation.
Formula section:
endif
registration of a utility model or design patent are reserved.
Output data:
Input data:
V_IGK_BAS
FUNCTION DESCRIPTION:
General information:
According to the battery voltage raw value (V_IGK_BAS) after ignition key, the ignition key
OFF recognition is performed.
1ms
V_IGK_BAS
1 2 3
NC_KEY_OFF_THR
1 2 3 4 5 6
NC_KEY_ON_NR
ON NC_KEY_OFF_NR
LV_KEY_OFF OFF
Application conditions:
as well as utilization of its contents and communication there of to
Activation: at reset
registration of a utility model or design patent are reserved.
Recurrency: 1ms
Formula section:
Ignition key ON recognised :
If V_IGK_BAS > NC_KEY_OFF_THR
for more than NC_KEY_ON_NR number of successive samples ( * 1 msec. )
Chapter Baseline Include File
Basic SW Inputs and Outputs 691F00 5W200Q01.00A
Date Department Sign
Designed by GC Shin 2008-05-27 SV P GS ES
Released by G. Raab 2008-05-27 SV P GS Sys2 PL
Designation
Engine Management System HMC Theta II ETC/BIN
Configuration data:
Output data:
Input data:
FUNCTION DESCRIPTION:
if LV_EXT_ADJ_ACC_MAIN_LAMP = 1
registration of a utility model or design patent are reserved.
If LV_RLY_ST = 1
others without express authorization are prohibited. Offenders will be
as well as utilization of its contents and communication there of to
Input data:
FUNCTION DESCRIPTION:
T_ON
Resolution
PWM Output
T_FIXED = f (component)
T_ON
Resolution
PWM Output
held liable for payment of damages. All rights created by patent grant or
Transmittal, reproduction, dissemination and/or editing of this document
T_FIXED = f (component)
In case of PWM input signal, the PWM value is automatically calculated by basic software.
PORT2:
as well as utilization of its contents and communication there of to
negative
registration of a utility model or design patent are reserved.
*) the frequency is managed in the function itself. Please see these function for more details.
**) after ECU reset PWM_WG frequency is switched to C_PWM_WG_FRQ (see function for more
details)
***) for the PWM state see datailed information in "THRO-Requirements to infrastructure interface
(ETC)" –module (xx2043yy.zzz)
Output data:(general)
Note: The prefix TRL to a data xxx (e.g. TI_1_x) indicates a I/O SW function interface for
that data. In the following specification only the data labels (e.g. TI_1_x) is used to
describe the required functionality.
General information:
The I/O software is responsible for opening and closing the injectors in all injection modes
according to the inputs supplied. It is is applicable for HPDI and MPI engines with 3 to 8
cylinders (logical cylinder numbers 0, 1, 2, ...). It must work in an engine speed range from
30 to 8200 rpm.
Two injection pulses per cylinder and working cycle (720 °crk) should be handled.
TDC_0
SOI_MAX_0
EOI_MIN_HOM_0
SOI_LIM_0 EOI_LIM_0
Figure 1: Example for reference point and injection phase, HPDI engine
⇒ If the calculation is updated before the injector is opened and the new SOI_1_x has already
passed, the injection is started at once and will be continued for TI_1_x.
⇒ If the calculation is updated while the injector is open and LV_ADD_PULSE_x = 1, the
injection time should be increased if
TI_1_x n+1 > TI_1_x n
held liable for payment of damages. All rights created by patent grant or
Transmittal, reproduction, dissemination and/or editing of this document
⇒ If the calculation is updated after the previous calculated fuel amount is already injected
(the injector is already closed) an additional injection pulse should be performed
immediately after the injection update. But only
⇒ If the calculation is updated while the additional pulse is performed the injection time should
be increased if
TI_x add. Puls < (TI_1_x n+3 - TI_1_x n+2) * FAC_ADD_PULSE + TI_ADD_DLY
TI_x add. Puls > (TI_1_x n+3 - TI_1_x n+2) * FAC_ADD_PULSE + TI_ADD_DLY
TI_IV_PREC
T_IV_PREC TI_1_x
EOI_MIN_x
n
NON 1x
PCHx
1 2 3
TI_1_xn TI_1_xn+1 TI_1_xn+2
(TI_2_xn = 0) (TI_2_xn+1 = 0) (TI_2_xn+2 = 0)
IF IF
TI_1_xn+1 > TI_1_xn LV_ADD_PULSE_x = 1
THEN Injection Time is increased and
(TI_1_x n+2 - TI_1_x n+1) * FAC_ADD_PULSE + TI_ADD_DLY
IF > TI_ADD_PULSE_MIN
TI_1_xn+1 < TI_1_xn THEN
file: UPDATE_DUI_1.vsd
⇒ If the calculation is updated befor the injector is opened for the first pulse and the new
held liable for payment of damages. All rights created by patent grant or
Transmittal, reproduction, dissemination and/or editing of this document
SOI_1_x has already passed, the injection is started at once and will be continued for
others without express authorization are prohibited. Offenders will be
TI_1_x.
as well as utilization of its contents and communication there of to
⇒ If the calculation is updated while the injector is open and LV_ADD_PULSE_x = 1, for the
first pulse the injection time should be increased if
TI_1_x n+1 > TI_1_x n
⇒ If the calculation is updated after the first pulse is performed (the injector is already closed)
the second injection pulse should be performed with EOI_2_x n+2.
But only
IF
LV_ADD_PULSE_x = 1
THEN
FAC_ADD_PULSE_CLC_x = FAC_ADD_PULSE
(means a pulse update of the preceding pulse is performed)
ELSE
FAC_ADD_PULSE_CLC_x = 0
(means a pulse update of the preceding pulse is not performed)
ENDIF
IF
(TI_1_x n+2 – TI_1_x n+1) * FAC_ADD_PULSE_CLC_x + TI_2_x > TI_ADD_PULSE_MIN
AND
NC_T_MIN_INJ_INH has elapsed after the actual EOI_1_x
THEN
TI_2_x = (TI_1_x n+2 – TI_1_x n+1) * FAC_ADD_PULSE_CLC_x + TI_2_x
ELSE
Second injection pulse is not performed
ENDIF
If the new SOI_2_x has already passed, the injection is started at once and will be
continued for TI_2_x.
⇒ If the calculation is updated while the injector is open for the second pulse the injection time
should be increased if
held liable for payment of damages. All rights created by patent grant or
Transmittal, reproduction, dissemination and/or editing of this document
TI_1_x
n+1
T_IV_PREC TI_1_x
n T_IV_PREC
EOI_MIN_x
NON 1x
PCHx
1 2 3 4
TI_1_xn TI_1_xn+1 TI_1_xn+2 TI_1_x
TI_2_xn TI_2_xn+1 TI_2_xn+2 n+3
TI_2_xn+3
IF IF
TI_1_xn+1 > TI_1_xn (TI_1_xn+2 - TI_1_xn+1) * FAC_ADD_PULSE_CLC_x + TI_2_x
THEN Injection Time of 1. Pulse is increased > TI_ADD_PULSE_MIN
THEN
IF TI_x =
TI_1_xn+1 < TI_1_xn (TI_1_xn+2 - TI_1_xn+1) * FAC_ADD_PULSE_CLC_x + TI_2_x
ELSE
THEN Injection Time of 1. Pulse is decreased
Second Injection Pulse is not performed
ENDIF
1 2 3 : Injection Time Update
file: UPDATE_DUI_1.vsd
Application hint:
Minimum off-time between two injections NC_T_MIN_INJ_INH is 0.1 ms. For diagnosis the
held liable for payment of damages. All rights created by patent grant or
Transmittal, reproduction, dissemination and/or editing of this document
If the different requirements for the injection can not all be fulfilled simultaneously, the
priorities are defined as:
1. The injection shall not start before the beginning of the injection phase (SOI_LIM).
2. The injection shall not proceed beyond the end of the injection phase (EOI_LIM).
In case of double injection: If the first injection is deactivated by LV_INH_IV_x then the
second injection is not performed.
2.16.1.6 Information about actual performed SOI, EOI and TI at the Output Interface
After an Injection was performed, the (cylinder individual) SOI, EOI and TI of that injection is
indicated at the output interface as:
SOI_1_MES_x ... actual performed SOI of the first injection pulse (estimated)
EOI_1_MES_x ... actual performed EOI of the first injection pulse (estimated)
SOI_2_MES_x ... actual performed SOI of the second injection pulse (estimated)
EOI_2_MES_x ... actual performed EOI of the second injection pulse (estimated)
TI_1_MES_x ... actual performed injection time of the first injection pulse
TI_2_MES_x ... actual performed injection time of the second injection pulse
held liable for payment of damages. All rights created by patent grant or
Transmittal, reproduction, dissemination and/or editing of this document
T_IV_PREC
NONxx
PCHx
TRL_EOI_1_MES_x
TRL_SOI_1_MES_x
EOI_LIM_x
file: actual_SOI.vsd
Figure 3: Actual performed SOI and EOI for the first injection pulse, example for HPDI-
Engines.
(SOI is defined by the engine rotation position of the rising edge of the current
controller signal PCHx. EOI is defined by the engine rotation position of the rising
edge of the current controller signal NONxx.)
held liable for payment of damages. All rights created by patent grant or
Transmittal, reproduction, dissemination and/or editing of this document
The error is measured assuming the engine speed is constant and begins to accelerate or
decelerate at a constant rate. A positive error is defined if the actual angular is smaller than
expected (acceleration error) while a negative error is defined if the actual angular is bigger
than expected (deceleration error).
cyl_av
5
4
3
2
1
0 °CRK
TRIG_EOI_LIM_3
TRIG_EOI_LIM_4
TRIG_EOI_LIM_2
TRIG_EOI_LIM_5
TRIG_EOI_LIM_0
TRIG_EOI_LIM_1
TRIG_EOI_LIM_3
(at EOI_LIM_3)
(at EOI_LIM_4)
(at EOI_LIM_2)
(at EOI_LIM_5)
(at EOI_LIM_0)
(at EOI_LIM_1)
(at EOI_LIM_3)
held liable for payment of damages. All rights created by patent grant or
Transmittal, reproduction, dissemination and/or editing of this document
File: cyl_av.vsd
registration of a utility model or design patent are reserved.
This section describes the requirements needed for the diagnosis of the injectors and injector
driver.
⇒ Error informations are gathered (or-ed symptom specific) until read out by the application
software ASW.
At the moment when ASW is reading data from I/O software, the I/O software data will
be reset. (It is possibel to have more than one electrical failure symtom reported to
ASW.)
⇒ If more the one error symptom is detected during the 10 ms readout period, the priority
of the errors reported is:
1. short cut to battery (scb)
2. short cut to ground (scg)
3. open curcuit (oc)
⇒ SCB will shut off the device and the error will be kept by the device until a “off-slope”
held liable for payment of damages. All rights created by patent grant or
Transmittal, reproduction, dissemination and/or editing of this document
occurs.
others without express authorization are prohibited. Offenders will be
as well as utilization of its contents and communication there of to
⇒ SCG, OC: read out of the device erases error status and the device is not shut off.
registration of a utility model or design patent are reserved.
Application hint:
The minimum injection time TI_MIN has to be calibrated to ensure proper diagnosis (for
diagnosis the minimum injection time is 0.4 ms and the minimum off-time between two
injections is 0.25 ms).
FUNCTION DESCRIPTION:
The aim is to pre-synchronise and start the engine as fast as possible. The experience has
shown, that when the engines was switched off, it will stop in the most of the cases at the
same specific engine positions. This information is used together with the information of
relative engine positions PSN_ENG_SYN_MIN and PSN_ENG_SYN_MAX to pre-
synchronise the engine. In the case that the difference of PSN_ENG_SYN_MIN and
PSN_ENG_SYN_MAX is lower than the threshold PSN_DIF_ENG_SYN_THD then the pre
injection will be enabled in the ASW.
injection.
as well as utilization of its contents and communication there of to
The start of injection angles for pre injection are calculated using the end of injection angles
registration of a utility model or design patent are reserved.
calculated actual
engine position
CASE I
actualisation of engine position is SOI EOI_PRE_INJ[0] EOI_MIN EOI_LIM
only a little
==> standard injection will take Inlet valve
place
calculated corrected
engine position
CASE II
actualisation of engine position
SOI EOI_PRE_INJ[0] EOI_MIN EOI_LIM
meets a current injection.
==> current injection will Inlet valve
finished succesfully
calculated corrected
engine position
calculated corrected
engine position
desired injection
CASE IV
actualisation of engine position SOI EOI EOI_MIN EOI_LIM
is behind the EOI_MIN.
==> no pre injection will take Inlet valve
place
calculated corrected
engine position
held liable for payment of damages. All rights created by patent grant or
Transmittal, reproduction, dissemination and/or editing of this document
Actualisation_engine_position.vsd
registration of a utility model or design patent are reserved.
Formula section:
THEN
- As basis for the EOI calculation the angles are referenced to engine position.
- The latest allowed end of injection for the first pulse is EOI_MIN_PRE_INJ.
- All cylinders will be checked if TI_PRE_INJ [0] can be finished until EOI_MIN_PRE_INJ.
Then choose the earliest cylinder, who’s individual pulse position is before
EOI_MIN_PRE_INJ, For this check it is assumed that the engine speed will not change
during the injection.
- The following cylinders do not need the check of EOI_PRE_INJ because their pulse
positions will be later.
- They are performed with TI_PRE_INJ [1 ... NC_CYL_NR –1] and EOI_PRE_INJ [1 ...
NC_CYL_NR –1] in their logical order.
ENDIF
THEN
the fuel injection will start in sequential mode directly (this occurs when
crankshaft synchronisation is detected by the ASW). The IO SW is using the
standard data set for injection (TI_1_x, ...).
ENDIF
held liable for payment of damages. All rights created by patent grant or
Transmittal, reproduction, dissemination and/or editing of this document
2.16.3.2 Post Pulses (Injection after ignition TDC, e.g. for catalyst heating)
Post pulses are performed if LV_POST_INJ_x = 1 with the injection time TI_POST_INJ_x
as well as utilization of its contents and communication there of to
LV_POST_INJ_x is checked at every TRIG_INJ_UPD_x and every EOI of the pulse before
start of injection of a post pulse (SOI_POST_INJ_x).
Post pulses are not started before SOI_MAX_POST_x and are stopped immediately at
EOI_MIN_POST_x.
900° 0° -180°
EOI_POST_INJ_x
TI_POST_INJ_x
TDC_x
SOI_MAX_POST_x EOI_MIN_POST_x
EOI_LIM_x
File: phasing_for_aggregate.vsd
The specification refers to the injector driver ATIC 21 in combination with solenoid injectors.
The current to control the injector is variable and can be influenced via the application
software. The current profile is described by
- the “Precharge Time” T_IV_PREC, necessary to limit the energy which comes from the
DC/DC-Converter (ECU integrated) and is needed during the “Peak Hold Time”.
- the “Peak Hold Time” T_HLD_IVP (or boost phase) to guarantee a safe opening of the
injector up to a defined fuel pressure,
- the “Fast Decrease Time” T_END_IVP, which enables a fast reduction of the energy
stored in solenoid coil down to the level of the Hold Current. This guarantees almost a
constant injector closing time (for a certain fuel pressure) down to very short injection
times (~ 0.4 ms) and therefore a better Linerar Flow Range,
- the “Hold Phase” with a constant current, high enough to keep the injector open,
see Figure 5.
The boost voltage is the voltage from the DC/DC-Converter which is active at the injector
held liable for payment of damages. All rights created by patent grant or
Transmittal, reproduction, dissemination and/or editing of this document
from start of injection until the injector current reaches its peak value, see figure 5.
others without express authorization are prohibited. Offenders will be
as well as utilization of its contents and communication there of to
12 125
Needle Lift
Injector Current
10 100
8 75
6 50
4 Voltage 25
2 0
0 -25
-1000 -500 0 500 1000 1500 2000 2500
Time [us]
T_END_IVP EOI_1_x
SOI_1_x T_HLD_IVP
File: Demo1.xls
Electrical Injection Time TI
NON 1x
as well as utilization of its contents and communication there of to
PCHx
Input data:
Import actions:
ACTION_INFR_SetIgnCtl(IN <>)
FUNCTION DESCRIPTION:
This function sets the angular position of the dwell time turn on in order to have the time to set
up the necessary current in the ignition coil.
The strategy is based on a priority of the ignition angle. If dwell time priority is requested the
minimum dwell time is equal to maximum dwell time.
The strategy respects ignition coils with dual and single outputs. This function could be used
independently of the number of cylinders (n) and the geometry of the crankshaft target wheel.
This function could be used for homogeneous combustion mode and for stratified combustion
mode. The calculation of the spark advance is in both cases the same.
All of the functions described in this section operate over the entire engine speed range.
This specification includes two mode following the IGRE version: PI or PI + DI
held liable for payment of damages. All rights created by patent grant or
Transmittal, reproduction, dissemination and/or editing of this document
FUNCTION DESCRIPTION:
The two values are calculated independently of all environment factors. The aim is to have a
larger window at start and low engine speed to obtain a better flexibility to apply the
requested ignition angle.
These 2 values are expressed in term of min/max factor to be applied to the nominal dwell
time and transferred to the Basic SW
The cylinder individual nominal Dwell Time to be applied requested by ASW function is
defined in TD_IGC[x] taking into account the combustion mode switch
Application conditions:
Initialisation: TD_FAC_MIN = TD_FAC_MAX = 1 at reset
Recurrence: 10 ms
Formula section:
If LV_ST = 1
Then (Start mode)
If VB > C_TD_VB_MAX
Then TD_FAC_MAX = 1
TD_FAC_MIN = Min[ C_TD_FAC_ST_MIN , 1]
Else TD_FAC_MAX = Max[ C_TD_FAC_ST_MAX , 1]
TD_FAC_MIN = Min[ C_TD_FAC_ST_MIN , 1]
Else (run mode)
If VB > C_TD_VB_MAX
Then TD_FAC_MAX = 1
TD_FAC_MIN = Min[ IP_TD_FAC_MIN , 1]
Else TD_FAC_MAX = Max[ IP_TD_FAC_MAX , 1]
held liable for payment of damages. All rights created by patent grant or
Transmittal, reproduction, dissemination and/or editing of this document
Endif
In every case: TD_IGC[x] * TD_FAC_MAX <= NC_TD_LIM_MAX
TD_IGC[x] * TD_FAC_MIN >= NC_TD_LIM_MIN
NC_TD_LIM_MIN is defined for dwell time protection in case of advance ignition changes
during the dwell time application. If the dwell time is equal to this minimal limit value, the
advance ignition could be not guaranteed
NC_TD_LIM_MAX is defined for the maximum dwell time in case of advance ignition
changes during the dwell time application. If the dwell time is equal to this maximal limit
value, the advance ignition could be not guaranteed
Chapter Baseline Include File
Basic SW Inputs and Outputs 691F00 30200X01.00G
Date Department Sign
Designed by GC Shin 2008-05-27 SV P GS ES
Released by G. Raab 2008-05-27 SV P GS Sys2 PL
Designation
Engine Management System HMC Theta II ETC/BIN
Formula section:
Following NC_IGC_CONF = Half or full, the ignition is half static controlled or full static
controlled
ACTION_INFR_SetIgnCtl(NC_IGC_CONF)
Formula section:
In case of CAM failure, the cylinder in combustion cannot be unequivocally identified. Engine
phasing might be wrong. In such a case, a limp home mode function on Ignition is provided
in order to have the possibility to drive the engine. Nevertheless, in this case, since the right
cylinder phasing is not known, Ignition coil have to be driven in Half-Static mode to be sure to
execute at least an ignition on the cylinder in combustion.
Decision to use such Limp Home functionality will depend on the setting of
LC_IGC_LIH_CONF. If LC_IGC_LIH_CONF = 0, no Limp Home is provided in CAM failure
and Ignition is stopped. If LC_IGC_LIH_CONF = 1, then Half-Static Ignition mode is done in
case of CAM failure
If LV_ERR_CAM is active, the ignition coil control will be executed in half-static ignition-coil
control mode if selected by the settings of LC_IGC_LIH_CONF
In such a case (half-static mode activation in CAM failure) the same Ignition and Dwell Time
will be applied to the 2 Crank synchronous cylinders (eg. on a 4 cyl engine, cyl. 1 and 4 and
cyl. 2 and 3 will be fed with the same Ignition and Dwell Time)
held liable for payment of damages. All rights created by patent grant or
Transmittal, reproduction, dissemination and/or editing of this document
Calibration data:
Configuration data:
Primary
Voltage
VB
Threshold OL/SCG
Threshold SCP
V
prim
Spark head
Ignition Spark
Vbat
Ignition Power
Stage on
Vsat
t
I
Power Stage
held liable for payment of damages. All rights created by patent grant or
Transmittal, reproduction, dissemination and/or editing of this document
I nom
registration of a utility model or design patent are reserved.
tdwell
IGBT_DIAG
IGN_DIAG
Output data:
Input data:
Import actions:
ACTION_INFR_GetIgnScpDiagAtm46Atic71(IN <>,OUT<>)
FUNCTION DESCRIPTION:
The aim of the present function is to protect the ignition power stage against short circuit to
battery (SCP).
The purpose of ignition power stage diagnostic is to detect a short circuit to battery voltage
condition (SCP). At each Dwell Time On event, the ignition power stage is switched on. In
normal condition, the current increase in the ignition power stage is limited by the inductance
of the ignition coil solenoid.
In case of a short circuit to battery, the coil external device does not limit the current in the
ignition power stage. In this situation the current is only limited by the current capability of the
ignition power stage. This power dissipation would destroy the power stage. From the Dwell
Time ON event in SCP condition, the IGBT’s can withstand this overload current only for a
very short time (750µs for IGBT without shunt). So, it is necessary to switch off this IGBT
transistor for safety and protection reasons by software (IGBT deactivation by switching off
the charging command in SW) in case of an overload condition and after a certain time delay
has elapsed (NC_INI_CTR_DEAC). This time delay is necessary in order to filter parasitic
spikes. On the other hand this time delay must not exceed the maximum rating of the IGBT’s.
For ignition power stage diagnostic, the voltage across the ignition power stage is compared
to a fixed threshold voltage. This threshold voltage is chosen to be higher than the maximum
saturation voltage of the ignition power stage during a dwell time in normal operation. If there
is no short to battery voltage condition, the voltage across the ignition power stage drops
below this fixed threshold voltage at each dwell time. In case of a short to battery voltage
failure, this voltage is not (or only for a short time) passed. A micro controller monitoring the
held liable for payment of damages. All rights created by patent grant or
Transmittal, reproduction, dissemination and/or editing of this document
This ignition power stage diagnostic circuit is designed for an engine management system
registration of a utility model or design patent are reserved.
including four ignition power stages. This four diagnostic information can be evaluated at one
output by having a logic OR function of them.
After each deactivation from this protection function, the cut off IGBT will be reactivated
again in the next ignition cycle
The function could be used for ignition systems with single-output coils and double-output
coils. The IGBT protection function is cylinder selectively deactivated in case of single-output
coil and linked dual cylinders for ½ static coils.
Formula section:
Initialization: at reset
LV_SCP_IGC[x] = 0
Update rate: segment
System description:
The ATM46 is used to generate a signal evaluated by the SW for overload condition
detection.
To perform the IGBT protection and SCP diagnostic, the BSW provides one functional
service (BSW driver – one driver for one ATM46 protection and SCP diagnostic line)
As only one IGBT diagnosis output signal from the “ATM 46” exists (all channels are linked
by a wired “OR”) and only one BSW functional service (this BSW functional service used is
described in the following paragraph) is used in connection to this diagnosis output signal
line, the function is limited to non-overlapping dwell time pulses. In case of overlapping Dwell
Time, the last TD ON event that occurs will re-trigger the call of this function and thus be
considered for diagnosis purpose.
Formula section:
ACTION_INFR_GetIgnScpDiagAtm46Atic71(SEG_NR -2,LV_SCP_IGC[SEG_NR-2])
Formula section:
Initialization: LV_SCP_IGC[x] = 0 at reset
System description:
For ignition coil actuator tests purpose, the SCP diagnostic function has to be enabled and
activated upon the tests requests
The same case and comments (see before) apply here also.
Formula section:
For x = 0 to NC_CYL_NR – 1
held liable for payment of damages. All rights created by patent grant or
Transmittal, reproduction, dissemination and/or editing of this document
If LV_CDN_DIAG_IGC_SCP[x] = 1
others without express authorization are prohibited. Offenders will be
Then ACTION_INFR_GetIgnScpDiagAtm46Atic71(x,LV_SCP_IGC[x])
as well as utilization of its contents and communication there of to
EndIf
registration of a utility model or design patent are reserved.
EndFor
Configuration data:
Output data:
Input data:
Import actions:
Description:
This ignition diagnosis function evaluates the primary over voltage duration V_DUR_IGC[x]
provided after the ignition coil cut off.
The aim of this spark burning diagnostic function is to measure the spark duration by
detecting the presence of a spark on an ignition plug. The over-voltage at the primary coil of
an ignition solenoid is equal to the voltage across the spark gap of the ignition plug divided
by the transmission ratio of the ignition solenoid and superimposed on the battery voltage.
The time where the voltage at the primary coil of the ignition solenoid is higher than a battery
voltage dependent threshold voltage (VBD_TH) gives the spark duration.
In the moment, when the ignition power stage (IGBT) is switched OFF (ie. at TD OFF event
occurrence), the voltage VC at the collector of the IGBT rises, due to self-induction, and
ignition occurs. As long as the ignition spark is burning, the voltage is well exceeding the
battery voltage.
By means of a hardware defined threshold (VBD_TH; typical value: VBat + 3V) the burn
condition is detected and a matching signal is generated, eg. Here by the combined ASIC
ATM46. This signal is used to measure the overall burning duration.
held liable for payment of damages. All rights created by patent grant or
Transmittal, reproduction, dissemination and/or editing of this document
The Ignition Burning diagnostic signal IGN_DIAG is generated by this combined ASIC. This
as well as utilization of its contents and communication there of to
time for the burning spark IGN_DIAG is calculated via the duration of the diagnostic signal
registration of a utility model or design patent are reserved.
Application conditions:
Activation: LV_SYN_ENG = 1
Initialisation: LV_OL_IGC[x] =0
LV_SCG_IGC[x] =0
at reset
V_DUR_IGC[x] = 0
Recurrence: segment
Formula section:
ACTION_INFR_GetIgnScgDiagAtm46Atic71(SEG_NR-2,ID_V_DUR_IGC_MIN,
V_DUR_IGC[SEG_NR-2], LV_SCG_IGC[SEG_NR-2])
LV_OL_IGC[SEG_NR-2] = LV_SCG_IGC[SEG_NR-2]
Calibration data:
Name Dim Hex. limits Phys. Limits Resol. Unit
ID_V_DUR_IGC_MIN 8x6 0...FFFFH 0...262,14 0,004 ms
LDP_N_32_ID_V_DUR_IGC_MIN 8 0...FFH 0...8160 32 rpm
LDP_MAF_ID_V_DUR_IGC_MIN 6 0...FFH 0...1389 5.44 mg/stk
Minimum duration of the Burntime to detect ignition errors
held liable for payment of damages. All rights created by patent grant or
Transmittal, reproduction, dissemination and/or editing of this document
Output data:
Input data:
FCO_SUM
FUNCTION DESCRIPTION:
General information:
Application recurrence : 10 ms
The ECU generates a fuel consumption output signal (FCO) to be dispatched to other ECUs
(Transmission Control Unit, Dashboard ...).
The information about the actual fuel consumption is passed to the other ECUs every 10 ms
via a pulse code. Each pulse represents a fuel quantity of 80 μl. The pulse is active at level
„high“. The high phase can last between 0,1 and 1,2 msec.
The period of one pulse lasts 2 ms. For each 10 ms duration the maximum possible number
of pulses FCO_NR is 5.
As soon as all injectors are switched off (PUC..) the level of the signal is set to „low“.
The remaining injection quantity, which is not covered by the current pulses (during the 10
ms), is memorized for the following calculation.
held liable for payment of damages. All rights created by patent grant or
Transmittal, reproduction, dissemination and/or editing of this document
L e v e l (V )
h ig h
lo w
2m s 0 ,1 … 1 ,2 m s 2 ,8 … 3 ,9 m s
10m s 10m s
Initialisation :
The output signal is set to “low” at key on after ECU initialisation.
The signal is deactivated when the house keeping phase has elapsed.
Formula section:
FCO_NR = FCO / 80 μl
FUNCTION DESCRIPTION:
General information:
This specification is applicable for a 4 cylinders engine.
The ECU generates an engine speed signal (ESS) to be dispatched to other ECUs
(Transmission Control Unit, Dashboard ...)
This output is only activated when the engine is running and the signal is representative of
engine speed. It is performed with a fixed logic state ratio and a variable frequency
proportional to the engine speed.
Initialisation :
The output signal is initialised with a low logic state (0).
CRK
1 2 3 4 5 20
1
ESS 0
Initialisation after 5 teeth following the first gap from crankshaft First falling edge
(active edge)
Formula section:
The active edge on the engine speed signal is the falling edge, corresponding to the TDC
location.
Crankshaft Signal
held liable for payment of damages. All rights created by patent grant or
Transmittal, reproduction, dissemination and/or editing of this document
Output data:
Input data:
ACP_BAS
FUNCTION DESCRIPTION:
General information:
The raw value for air conditioning pressure voltage signal (ACP_BAS) is measured by
continuous conversion (10 bits) every 10 msec.
The value of the numeric conversion is adapted to take into account of the electronic
component drift. The result of this adaptation must be linearized according to the pressure
sensor response.
The corresponding value of the first measurement after hardware reset is used for
initialization.
Formula section:
The voltage from the air conditioning pressure voltage signal is converted to the measured
AC pressure V_ACP_MES.
n=10
V_ACP_MES = (1/10) * ∑ ACP_BASn
n=1
held liable for payment of damages. All rights created by patent grant or
Transmittal, reproduction, dissemination and/or editing of this document
Output data:
Input data:
VCC_SENS_SUB_BAS
FUNCTION DESCRIPTION:
General information:
The raw value for APT supply voltage signal (VCC_SENS_SUB_BAS) is measured by
continuous conversion (10 bits) every 10 msec.
Formula section:
The voltage signal is converted to the VCC_SENS_SUB_MES.
VCC_SENS_SUB_BAS delivered from HW is half of the real supply voltage.
n=10
VCC_SENS_SUB_MES = [ (1/10) * ∑ VCC_SENS_SUB_BASn ] * 2
n=1
held liable for payment of damages. All rights created by patent grant or
Transmittal, reproduction, dissemination and/or editing of this document
FUNCTION DESCRIPTION:
General information:
This Action returns the result of the electric diagnosis of the VVT solenoid control valve
power stage dedicated to the camshaft given by the parameter Vvt.
• The device readout is performed autonomous by the Infrastructure each 10 ms.
• The error informations are gathered in the Infrastructure (or-ed symptom, camshaft specific)
held liable for payment of damages. All rights created by patent grant or
Transmittal, reproduction, dissemination and/or editing of this document
• After having read out the information by calling ACTION_INFR_GetElDiagSlvVvt(), the data
registration of a utility model or design patent are reserved.
inside the Infrastructure are reset. Resetting of Cdn_Diag avoids unambigious results in
case of too short calling reccurrence of ACTION_INFR_GetElDiagSlvVvt(): Reset Cdn_Diag
indicates, that the gathering of the information is not completely finished.
Data acquisition
Parameter Absolute Relative Resolution Coincidence Comment
precision precision with
parameter
Vvt 1 1 1 Return parameters Err_Diag and Cdn_Diag
Output data:
Input data:
TOIL_BAS
FUNCTION DESCRIPTION:
General information:
This function is applicable with a NTC type of sensor.
The raw value of the oil temperature (TOIL_BAS) is measured by continuous conversion (10
bits) every 1 msec.
The value of the numeric conversion is adapted to take into account of the electronic
component drift. The result of this adaptation must be linearized according to the
temperature sensor response.
The corresponding value of the first measurement after hardware reset is used for
initialization.
Formula section:
The voltage from the oil temperature sensor is converted to the measured oil temperature
TOIL_MES using the map IP_TOIL__V_TOIL.
TOIL_MES = IP_TOIL__V_TOIL
held liable for payment of damages. All rights created by patent grant or
Transmittal, reproduction, dissemination and/or editing of this document
Calibration data:
as well as utilization of its contents and communication there of to
Input data:
V_PVS_1_BAS V_PVS_2_BAS
FUNCTION DESCRIPTION:
General information:
The Signal Acquisition and Conversion is done in the Basic Software.
A Filtering to reduce noise is done in the Application Software, refer to the Subchapter "PVS
Variables" in the Chapter "System Variables".
Application conditions:
Activation: allways
Deactivation: -
Initialisation: at reset
V_PVS_1 = V_PVS_1_BAS
V_PVS_2 = V_PVS_2_BAS
Update Rate: 10 ms
Formula section:
held liable for payment of damages. All rights created by patent grant or
Transmittal, reproduction, dissemination and/or editing of this document
V_PVS_1 = V_PVS_1_BAS
registration of a utility model or design patent are reserved.
V_PVS_2 = V_PVS_2_BAS
1
NC_MAF_CONF > #if
0
f()
ActionExport 1
ACTION_INFR_GetVpMaf
ACTIONDEF_INFR_GetVpMaf
2
NC_MAP_CONF
> #if
0
f()
ActionExport 2
ACTION_INFR_GetVpMap
fo
D
M ACTIONDEF_INFR_GetVpMap
3
NC_PUT_CONF
> #if
0
f()
ActionExport 4
ACTION_INFR_GetVpPut
ACTIONDEF_INFR_GetVpPut
4
NC_AMP_CONF > #if
0
f()
held liable for payment of damages. All rights created by patent grant or
Transmittal, reproduction, dissemination and/or editing of this document
ActionExport 3
others without express authorization are prohibited. Offenders will be
as well as utilization of its contents and communication there of to
ACTION_INFR_GetVpAmp
registration of a utility model or design patent are reserved.
ACTIONDEF_INFR_GetVpAmp
SDA_SRS / SDA 4.0 23−Feb−2006
Figure 1 INSY_IFINF0
Input data:
ACTION_INFR_GetVpAmp(OUT <VP_AMP>)
This action returns the digitalized voltage of ambient pressure data acquisition.
ACTION_INFR_GetVpMaf(OUT <VP_MAF>)
This action returns the digitalized voltage of mass air flow data acquisition.
ACTION_INFR_GetVpMap(OUT <VP_MAP>)
This action returns the digitalized voltage of manifold air pressure data acquisition.
ACTION_INFR_GetVpPut(OUT <VP_PUT>)
This action returns the digitalized voltage of pressure upstream throttle data acquisition.
ACTION_INFR_GetVpAmp(OUT <VP_AMP>)
This action returns the digitalized voltage of ambient pressure data acquisition. The digitalization is done
autonomous by the Infrastructure.
Parameter Type Hex. limits Phys. limits Resol. Unit
VP_AMP OUT 0...7FFFH 0...4.999847 1.52588 V
E-4
This parameter returns the digitalized voltage
IRS f()
IRS
ACTION_INFR_GetVpAmp 1
Aggregate Local <ACTION_INFR_GetVpAmp_T2>
ActionExport
ACTION_CREATOR
Trigger()
ACTION_INFR_GetVpAmp
ACTION_INFR_GetVpMaf(OUT <VP_MAF>)
held liable for payment of damages. All rights created by patent grant or
Transmittal, reproduction, dissemination and/or editing of this document
This action returns the digitalized voltage of mass air flow data acquisition. The digitalization is done autonomous
others without express authorization are prohibited. Offenders will be
by the Infrastructure.
as well as utilization of its contents and communication there of to
IRS
ACTION_INFR_GetVpMaf 1
Aggregate Local <ACTION_INFR_GetVpMaf_T2>
ActionExport
ACTION_CREATOR
Trigger()
ACTION_INFR_GetVpMaf
ACTION_INFR_GetVpMap(OUT <VP_MAP>)
This action returns the digitalized voltage of manifold air pressure data acquisition. The digitalization is done
autonomous by the Infrastructure.
Parameter Type Hex. limits Phys. limits Resol. Unit
VP_MAP OUT 0...7FFFH 0...4.999847 1.52588 V
E-4
This parameter returns the digitalized voltage
IRS f()
IRS
ACTION_INFR_GetVpMap 1
Aggregate Local <ACTION_INFR_GetVpMap_T2>
ActionExport
ACTION_CREATOR
Trigger()
ACTION_INFR_GetVpMap
ACTION_INFR_GetVpPut(OUT <VP_PUT>)
This action returns the digitalized voltage of pressure upstream throttle data acquisition. The digitalization is done
autonomous by the Infrastructure.
Parameter Type Hex. limits Phys. limits Resol. Unit
VP_PUT OUT 0...7FFFH 0...4.99984741 1.52588 V
E-4
This parameter returns the digitalized voltage
IRS
ACTION_INFR_GetVpPut 1
Aggregate Local <ACTION_INFR_GetVpPut_T2>
ActionExport
ACTION_CREATOR
Trigger()
ACTION_INFR_GetVpPut
Function Description
2.24.1 Requirements for ACTION_INFR_GetVpMaf:
Data acquisition
Parameter Absolute Relative Resolution Coincidence Comment
precision precision with parameter
VP_MAF < 1% of ADC: 10 bit Not relevant VP_MAF is converted
reference value: 15 bit into a MAF signal.
supply voltage To receive a certain
for sensor absolute MAF
precision, the given
precision of VP_MAF
is needed.
Coincidence requirements: The sensor value retrieved by the action has to be valid at
reset.
When calling the Action, the returned voltage is not older than
1ms.
held liable for payment of damages. All rights created by patent grant or
Transmittal, reproduction, dissemination and/or editing of this document
Data acquisition
Parameter Absolute Relative Resolution Coincidence Comment
precision precision with parameter
VP_MAP < 1% of ADC: 10 bit Not relevant VP_MAP is converted
reference value: 15 bit into a MAP signal.
supply voltage To receive a certain
for sensor absolute MAP
precision, the given
precision of VP_MAP
is needed.
Coincidence requirements: The sensor value retrieved by the action has to be valid at
reset.
When calling the Action, the returned voltage is not older than
1ms.
Data acquisition
Parameter Absolute Relative Resolution Coincidence Comment
precision precision with parameter
VP_PUT < 1% of ADC: 10 bit Not relevant VP_PUT is converted
reference value: 15 bit into a PUT signal.
supply voltage To receive a certain
for sensor absolute PUT
precision, the given
precision of VP_PUT is
needed.
Coincidence requirements: The sensor value retrieved by the action has to be valid at
reset.
When calling the Action, the returned voltage is not older than
1ms.
Data acquisition
Parameter Absolute Relative Resolution Coincidence Comment
precision precision with parameter
VP_AMP < 1% of ADC: 10 bit Not relevant VP_AMP is converted
reference value: 15 bit into a AMP signal.
supply voltage To receive a certain
held liable for payment of damages. All rights created by patent grant or
Transmittal, reproduction, dissemination and/or editing of this document
precision of VP_AMP
is needed.
registration of a utility model or design patent are reserved.
Coincidence requirements: The sensor value retrieved by the action has to be valid at
reset.
When calling the Action, the returned voltage is not older than
100ms.
held liable for payment of damages. All rights created by patent grant or
Transmittal, reproduction, dissemination and/or editing of this document
4 3
2
1
Stub2
Stub4
Stub3
term2
term3
term4
Stub1
term1
VP_MAF
VP_MAF 1
VP_MAF
1 ACTION_INFR_GetVpMaf VP_MAP
ACTION_INFR_GetVpMaf VP_MAP 2
2 ACTION_INFR_GetVpMap VP_MAP
ACTION_INFR_GetVpMap
4 ACTION_INFR_GetVpPut VP_PUT
fo
D
M
ACTION_INFR_GetVpPut VP_PUT 4
9 CONF_MAF
VP_PUT
CONF_MAF
MAP_MAF_PUT
VP_AMP
VP_AMP 3
VP_AMP
3 ACTION_INFR_GetVpAmp
ACTION_INFR_GetVpAmp
AMP
5
NC_AMP_CONF
6
NC_MAP_CONF
7
NC_MAF_CONF
8
NC_PUT_CONF
SDA_SRS / SDA 4.0 28−Nov−2006
Figure 6 INSY_SIGCVSENS0
Output data:
held liable for payment of damages. All rights created by patent grant or
Transmittal, reproduction, dissemination and/or editing of this document
Import actions:
ACTION_INFR_GetVpAmp(OUT <VP_AMP>)
This action returns the digitalized voltage of ambient pressure data acquisition
ACTION_INFR_GetVpMaf(OUT <VP_MAF>)
This action returns the digitalized voltage of mass air flow data acquisition
ACTION_INFR_GetVpMap(OUT <VP_MAP>)
This action returns the digitalized voltage of manifold air pressure data acquisition
ACTION_INFR_GetVpPut(OUT <VP_PUT>)
This action returns the digitalized voltage of pressure upstream throttle data acquisition
2.25.1 Mass air flow, Manifold air pressure and Pressure upstream throttle raw
acquisitions
The purpose of this module is to make a first level of filtering of raw acquisition mass air flow
and / or raw acquisition of manifold air pressure and / or raw acquisition of pressure
upstream throttle.
Function Description
function()
3 ACTION_INFR_GetVpMaf
ACTION_INFR_GetVpMaf VP_MAF 1
VP_MAF
4 ACTION_INFR_GetVpMap
ACTION_INFR_GetVpMap
VP_MAP 2
VP_MAP
5 ACTION_INFR_GetVpPut
ACTION_INFR_GetVpPut
VP_PUT 3
6 CONF_MAF
VP_PUT
CONF_MAF
operate
held liable for payment of damages. All rights created by patent grant or
Transmittal, reproduction, dissemination and/or editing of this document
21
as well as utilization of its contents and communication there of to
Trigger() 0
Merge 1
1 ActionImport VP_MAF
VP_MAF
ACTION_INFR_GetVpMaf
ACTION_INFR_GetVpMaf
NC_MAP_CONF
if
AND cond_if
else
4
==
CONF_MAF 0
Trigger() 0
Merge 2
2 ActionImport VP_MAP
VP_MAP
ACTION_INFR_GetVpMap
ACTION_INFR_GetVpMap
NC_PUT_CONF if
> cond_if
0 else
Trigger()
0
Merge 3
3 ActionImport VP_PUT
VP_PUT
ACTION_INFR_GetVpPut
ACTION_INFR_GetVpPut
The purpose of this module is to make a first level of filtering of raw acquisition of ambient
others without express authorization are prohibited. Offenders will be
pressure.
as well as utilization of its contents and communication there of to
3 ACTION_INFR_GetVpAmp VP_AMP 1
ACTION_INFR_GetVpAmp VP_AMP
operate
21
NC_AMP_CONF f()
if
> cond_if funtion
0 else
Trigger() 0
Merge 1
1 ActionImport VP_AMP
VP_AMP
ACTION_INFR_GetVpAmp
ACTION_INFR_GetVpAmp
Input data:
MTCPWM LV_PRDR_ACT
FUNCTION DESCRIPTION:
General information:
This module describes the interfaces to the basic software (BSW) and the time behaviour
between throttle position signal aquisition, digital position controller calculation and the PWM
output generation ( power stage ).
Description:
The two throttle position sensor signals are determined every millisecond. V_TPS_1_BAS
and V_TPS_2_BAS are converted in the standard queue.
Application conditions:
Initialisation: at reset:
V_TPS_x_BAS =0V
V_TPS_GAIN_1 = 5 V { Is intialisied but isn’t determined in DC ! }
held liable for payment of damages. All rights created by patent grant or
Transmittal, reproduction, dissemination and/or editing of this document
Recurrence: 1 ms
as well as utilization of its contents and communication there of to
Deactivation: -
Formula section:
Raw signal processing: -
Description:
The power at the H–bridge outputs is managed by a PWM signal and the current direction is
adjusted by a direction request (a second power stage input pin) with a update rate of 2 ms.
Application conditions:
Initialisation: at reset inactive, currentless
Recurrence: 2 ms
Activation: at every engine operating state
Deactivation: -
Note: The direction of the H-bridge can be inverted only synchronised to the PWM:
PWM -
signal
direction
switch
direction
General information:
This chapter describes the time behaviour between throttle position signal aquisition, digital
position controller calculation and the PWM output generation ( power stage ).
The aim is to synchronise the TPS aquisition with the controller calculation and the PWM
output generation for minimal time delay.
Description:
The TPS signal determination and the digital position controller are calculated in the 1 ms
ASW task. The AD conversion process ( after every ms ) and the PWM generation are
executed asynchronously to the 1 ms ASW task. The maximum time delay between AD
held liable for payment of damages. All rights created by patent grant or
Transmittal, reproduction, dissemination and/or editing of this document
1ms-task
TPS
processing
Controller
+ PWM
PWM-
PWM-
update
PWM - update
signal
General information:
The ETC power stage is equipped with two disable lines to switch-on or off. Disable line one
is connected with the main controller and disable line two with the monitoring unit, both
processor units are able to switch-off the power stage. ( To the activation of the power stage
both disable lines have to be enable. )
Description:
The BSW provides a rountine to switch on or off the power stage via disable line.
Application conditions:
Initialisation: at reset:
{ Consider requirements of Monitoring Concept (Level 3 – PREDRIVE check) }
if LV_PRDR_ACT == 0
then { disable power stages }
CALL BSW routine to disable H-bridge via disable line
else { enable power stages }
CALL BSW routine to enable H-bridge via disable line
held liable for payment of damages. All rights created by patent grant or
Transmittal, reproduction, dissemination and/or editing of this document
endif
others without express authorization are prohibited. Offenders will be
as well as utilization of its contents and communication there of to
Recurrence: -
registration of a utility model or design patent are reserved.
General information:
The power stage ( H – bridge IC ) for electronical throttle control is equipped with internal
diagnosis functions. The following errors can be indicated but can not be distinguished by the
software per power stage status flag line.
• Undervoltage / Overcurrent / Overtemperature / H-bridge hardware disable
Description:
The following error detection are done by BSW and ASW if an error occurs. In the case of
errors, the status flag line of the power stage changes his logical level and triggers an BSW
interrupt. The interrupt set a mark for the ASW “ power stage diagnosis “ and switch-off the
power stage. The ASW reads and resets the mark, starts the error debounce and switch-on
the power stage. The error detection is started newly.
After the error debounce, an error is set and the power stage is switched off by the ASW.
The respective ASW functions are executed in a time base of 10 ms.
H – bridge
status flag
BSW BSW BSW BSW
interrupt interrupt interrupt interrupt
H – bridge
disable line
H – bridge
switch on
request
ASW error
debounce
H – bridge
error by ASW
detected
held liable for payment of damages. All rights created by patent grant or
Transmittal, reproduction, dissemination and/or editing of this document
Output data:
FUNCTION DESCRIPTION:
General information:
The segment time T_SEG_SW is generated by a software timer solution in the BSW. The
software timer is triggered by crankshaft segments and produces time stamps for the trigger
events. The maximum delay between event and time stamp must be less than 300 µs (split
into an invariable part of 50 µs and a variable part of 250µs). From the time stamps the
signal T_SEG_SW is determined; its resolution is 1 µs.
The segment time T_SEG_SW is necessary to generate an engine speed signal that is
independent from N_32 (generated from T_SEG). It is used in the module ‚Monitoring of
engine speed using a software timer‘ of the aggregate ECM2.
Note: Since for the event <Engine Stop> the engine speed N_32 is set to zero in the function
level (and T_SEG is set to its maximum value, respectively), the segment time T_SEG_SW
has to be set to its maximum value for <Engine Stop> as well. However, this action must not
be triggered using the variable LV_ES=0, but must be initialized by the BSW trigger that is
set when the BSW is recognizing the event <Engine Stop>.
Application conditions:
Deactivation: -
Output data:
FUNCTION DESCRIPTION:
General information:
The pedal value signals, channel 1 and 2, as well as the throttle position signals, channel 1
and 2, are monitored in the Process Monitoring, see "Monitoring of pedal value signals" and
"Monitoring or mass air flow signals". The according modules are running with a recurrence
of 40ms, see "Process Monitoring". To define the scope of the Process Monitoring as wide
as possible, the voltages should be a direct output of the ADCs.
Note: Here only the requirements regarding the Process Monitoring are given. No functional
aspects of the functionalities primarily processing these signals are listed here. Therefore
especially the recurrence may occure with a higher frequency, but the range and resolution
have to be the same.
Application conditions:
Recurrence: 40ms
Input data:
FUNCTION DESCRIPTION:
General information:
otherwise (NC_CBK_EX_NR = 1)
i = 1, for single exhaust cylinder bank.
⇒ SCP will shut off the device and the error will be kept by the device until a “off-slope”
occurs.
⇒ SCG, OL: read out of the device erases error status and the device is not shut off.
Application conditions:
Formula section:
held liable for payment of damages. All rights created by patent grant or
Transmittal, reproduction, dissemination and/or editing of this document
# then If LV_R_IT_REQ_LS_UP[i] = 0
registration of a utility model or design patent are reserved.
NC_NR_TCO_SENS
Export actions:
FUNCTION DESCRIPTION:
General information:
The following action is used for the acquisition of the digitized voltage value of the adressed
coolant temperature sensor in an array. The action delivers the coolant temperature sensor
voltage value to the application software level from the standard AD converter queue.
• NC_NR_TCO_SENS is valid from 1...255.
The voltage belonging to the first sensor is returned in Vp_tco_sens[0].
The voltage belonging to the n sensor is returned in Vp_tco_sens[n-1].
• The AD conversion is performed autonomously by the infrastructure, the returned value is
not older than 10 ms.
• The voltage value is gathered in the infrastructure until the application reads out the
information by calling the action, old values are replaced by new values.
held liable for payment of damages. All rights created by patent grant or
Transmittal, reproduction, dissemination and/or editing of this document
Data acquisition
Parameter Absolute Relative Resolution Coincidence with Comment
precision precision parameter
Vp_tco_sens [NC_NR_TCO_SENS] 10 Bit The following coinicidence No comment
requirement has to be
fulfilled in case of
NC_NR_TCO_SENS > 1:
Vp_tco_sens[k] is digitized
at point in time tk. For the
returned array the maximum
allowed time periode | tk- ti |
must less than 10ms.
Coincidence requirements: When calling this action, all returned voltages must be within
the last 100 ms.
held liable for payment of damages. All rights created by patent grant or
Transmittal, reproduction, dissemination and/or editing of this document
FUNCTION DESCRIPTION:
General information:
The minimum and maximum engine positions are determined according to the actual
possible camshaft signal edge indexes found by the camshaft signal acquisition for
crankshaft synchronisation. In the presence of both intake and exhaust camshaft signals the
engine position is known with better precision. This is done by initialising the minimum and
maximum engine positions based on the combinations of the intake and exhaust camshaft
signals. And for this the state of the camshaft signals (HIGH or LOW) are required.
Activation: CONF_CAM_VVT_EX = 1
Deactivation: LV_CRK_SYN = 1
ACTION_ENSD_GetDigCAMINLevel (OUT<STATE_CAM_IN>)
This action reads whether the intake camshaft signal is high or low
Parameter Type Hex. Limits Phys. Limits Resol. Unit
STATE_CAM_IN OUT 0H LOW 1 -
1H HIGH
State variable indicating intake camshaft signal is high or low
ACTION_ENSD_GetDigCAMEXLevel (OUT <STATE_CAM_EX> )
This action reads whether the exhaust camshaft signal is high or low
Parameter Type Hex. Limits Phys. Limits Resol. Unit
STATE_CAM_EX OUT 0H LOW 1 -
1H HIGH
State variable indicating exhaust camshaft signal is high or low
held liable for payment of damages. All rights created by patent grant or
Transmittal, reproduction, dissemination and/or editing of this document
Data acquisition
Parameter Absolute Relaitve Resolution Coincidence with Comment
precision precision parameter
STATE_CAM_IN Not relevant Not relevant 1 Not relevant Not relevant
Data acquisition
Parameter Absolute Relaitve Resolution Coincidence with Comment
precision precision parameter
STATE_CAM_EX Not relevant Not relevant 1 Not relevant Not relevant
Input data:
Export actions:
ACTION_INFR_EONVStartTimer ( )
Start the timer of the PIC
ACTION_INFR_EONVStopTimer ( )
Stop the timer of the PIC
ACTION_INFR_EONVResetTimer ( )
Reset the basic timer of the PIC
ACTION_INFR_EONVWarmReset ( )
Reset PIC micro controller
ACTION_INFR_EONVCompleteReset( )
Reset PIC micro controller and clear all data
ACTION_INFR_EONVReadTimer ( IN<Lv_cmd>, OUT<T_es> )
Engine Off timer is read in from PIC
FUNCTION DESCRIPTION:
General information:
The Engine off timer function is deployed to two separate processors – the main
microcontroller and an external 8-bit microcontroller. The two controllers are linked via a
dedicated SPI (serial peripheral interface) bus.
Within the main microcontroller, the BIOS driver EMUSPI (emulated SPI) is used to control
communication with the 8-bit microcontroller. Consult the specification "BIOS SW
Specification EMUSPI" (bemuspi.doc), which is maintained by the software team, for more
information. The application software interfaces with the IO software through the TRL
(transformation layer) via the TRL EMUSPI interface. Consult the specification "TRL SW
Specification EMUSPI" (temuspi.doc), which is also maintained by the software team, for
more information.
held liable for payment of damages. All rights created by patent grant or
Transmittal, reproduction, dissemination and/or editing of this document
Description:
others without express authorization are prohibited. Offenders will be
as well as utilization of its contents and communication there of to
The raw engine off duration, t_es, is produced from a basic timer that is capable of running
while the main CPU is powered-off. The basic timer is deployed on the external 8-bit
registration of a utility model or design patent are reserved.
microcontroller and can be started, stopped, and reset upon request from the application.
Application conditions:
Recurrence: Upon request.
Activation: Upon request.
Deactivation: Upon request
ACTION_INFR_EONVStartTimer ( )
This action start the basic timer inside PIC
ACTION_INFR_EONVStopTimer ( )
This action stop the basic timer inside PIC
ACTION_INFR_EONVResetTimer ( )
Reset the basic timer
ACTION_INFR_EONVWarmReset ( )
Reset PIC controller
ACTION_INFR_EONVCompleteReset( )
Reset the PIC controller and all data are clear
Diagnosis: no diagnosis
Overview
FUNCTION DESCRIPTION:
The sensor value retrieved by the action has to be valid at reset
This function is applicable with a NTC type sensor.
The data of the ACTION call have the following meaning.
Data acquisition
(*) Depending on the Project, one or several TIA sensors can be used. See Specification
“Air Temperature Sensor(s) Configuration - 30404X01” where the Sensors Configuration
is defined from NC_TIA_CONF value.
held liable for payment of damages. All rights created by patent grant or
Transmittal, reproduction, dissemination and/or editing of this document
IRS
1
NC_SENS_NR_TIA
1
ActionExport
ActionExport
<ACTION_AIRT_GetVpTia_T2>
ACTIONDEF_AIRT_GetVpTia
fo
D
M
textual_description
SDA_SRS / SDA 3.1 31−Mar−2004
Figure 11 AIRT_IFINF0
Input data:
NC_SENS_NR_TIA
Export actions:
E-4
registration of a utility model or design patent are reserved.
FUNCTION DESCRIPTION:
General information:
Diagnosis capabilities:
Electrical diagnosis will be done by using converted values within the Application.
Consistency requirements regarding AD convertion:
Input data:
Export actions:
This action reads the failure and condition information for a symptom of the RCL_ACR power stage.
others without express authorization are prohibited. Offenders will be
The readout of the power stage is performed autonomous and the information is gathered.
as well as utilization of its contents and communication there of to
When calling this Action the information inside the Infrastructure is reset after returning the OUT parameters.
registration of a utility model or design patent are reserved.
FUNCTION DESCRIPTION:
General information:
This Action returns the result of the electrical diagnosis of the RCL_ACR power stage.
Data acquisition
Parameter Absolute Relative Resolution Coincidence Comment
precision precision with parameter
Cdn_diag - - <bit coded> Err_diag Diagnosis condition for each symptom
bit 0: diagnosis condition for symptom SCP (SYM_0)
bit 1: diagnosis condition for symptom SCG (SYM_1)
bit 2: diagnosis condition for symptom OC (SYM_2)
The relevant bit is set, if the condition for a
valid diagnosis is fulfilled
Err_diag - - <bit coded> Cdn_diag Bitcoded result of each symptom
(SYM_0=SCP, SYM_1=SCG, SYM_2=OC)
0h = NO_SYM
1h = SYM_0
2h = SYM_1
4h = SYM_2
held liable for payment of damages. All rights created by patent grant or
Transmittal, reproduction, dissemination and/or editing of this document
detected.
as well as utilization of its contents and communication there of to
Input data:
Export actions:
FUNCTION DESCRIPTION:
General information:
This Action returns the result of the electrical diagnosis of the wastegate (Wg) power stage.
Data acquisition
Parameter Absolute Relative Resolution Coincidence Comment
precision precision with parameter
Output data:
Input data:
LV_CMD_RCL_OPEN NC_PSN_RCL_CTL
PWM output name Frequency Updating of duty cycle Range of duty cycle
#if NC_PSN_RCL_CTL = 2 #then
PWM_RCL 30 Hz 10 ms 0 -100%
#end
PWM_WG 30 Hz 10 ms 0 -100%
held liable for payment of damages. All rights created by patent grant or
Transmittal, reproduction, dissemination and/or editing of this document
Input data:
registration of a utility model or design patent are reserved.
Export actions:
ACTION_INFR_SetIgnMplNr(IN <Ign_mpl_nr>)
held liable for payment of damages. All rights created by patent grant or
Transmittal, reproduction, dissemination and/or editing of this document
ACTION_INFR_SetIgnCtl(IN <Ign_ctl_mod>)
Sets the ignition in full static or half static mode
Parameter Type Hex. Limits Phys. Limits Resol. Unit
Ign_ctl_mod IN 1 ... 2 1 HALF_STATIC
2 FULL_STATIC
Control mode for ignition are : HALF_STATIC or FULL_STATIC
FUNCTION DESCRIPTION:
General information:
Data acquisition
Parameter Absolute Relative Resolution Coincidence with Comment
precision precision parameter
Cyl 1 - 1 Index range:
0 ... NC_CYL_NR-1
Inh_igc 1 - 1 0: ignition inhibited
1 : ignition enabled
Coincidence requirements:
held liable for payment of damages. All rights created by patent grant or
Transmittal, reproduction, dissemination and/or editing of this document
The decision to inhibit an ignition stage is taken for each output before the turn on at
others without express authorization are prohibited. Offenders will be
as well as utilization of its contents and communication there of to
TD_ON[x]. This means that no Disable / cut off can be set on a coil while charging.
registration of a utility model or design patent are reserved.
Data acquisition
Parameter Absolute Relative Resolution Coincidence with Comment
precision precision parameter
Cyl 1 - 1 Index range:
0 ... NC_CYL_NR-1
Iga_igc 0.375°CRK 0.375°CRK
Diagnosis:
Coincidence requirements:
Data acquisition
Parameter Absolute Relative Resolution Coincidence with Comment
precision precision parameter
Cyl 1 - 1 Index range:
0 ... NC_CYL_NR-1
Td_fac_min 1/128
Td_igc 0.004ms
Td_fac_max 1/128
held liable for payment of damages. All rights created by patent grant or
Transmittal, reproduction, dissemination and/or editing of this document
Diagnosis:
as well as utilization of its contents and communication there of to
Coincidence requirements:
The normal request dwell time to be programmed and applied for charging the ignition coil is
and has to be TD_IGC[x]
The coil starts charging with the target of achieving TD_IGC[x] at the IGA_IGC[x] angle. An
update occuring for the Ignition Spark Angle will be taken into account as long as TD_MIN is not
reached.
This Ignition Spark Angle change obtained when reaching TD_MIN will be taken into account
and respected by a corresponding change of the coil charging time (the Dwell Time).
But, such a change of the Dwell Time to be thus and then applied can only be processed within
the limits defined by TD MIN and TD MAX limits excursion range (see drawing here after)
Chapter Baseline Include File
Basic SW Inputs and Outputs 691F00 30204T01.00B
Date Department Sign
Designed by GC Shin 2008-05-27 SV P GS ES
Released by G. Raab 2008-05-27 SV P GS Sys2 PL
Designation
Engine Management System HMC Theta II ETC/BIN
°CRK
ON OFF
Ignition command signal for cylinder [x] minimal dwell time = TD_IGC[x]*TD_FAC_MIN
maximal = TD_IGC[x]*TD_FAC_MAX
Limit time for Disable request to come and to be taken into account (a.)
Power Stage Disable Limit for Enable to be taken into account (b.): TD_NOM to GA_IGC[x] respect
TD_IGC
TD_MAX
Primary current
Data acquisition
Parameter Absolute Relative Resolution Coincidence with Comment
precision precision parameter
Cyl 1 - 1 Index range:
0 ... NC_CYL_NR-1
Td_igc 0.004ms
Diagnosis:
Coincidence requirements:
The normal request dwell time to be programmed and applied for charging the ignition coil is
and has to be TD_IGC[x]
On Actuator test request activation, the coil starts charging with the target of achieving
TD_IGC[x]
The coils start charging upon actuator test request pattern with the dwell time defined.
The pulse is generated once and immediately after calling the action. The Dwell time could
not be updated during the pulse generation, excepting if it is set to 0. in this case, the current
pulse should be stopped immediately.
Detection of SCP failure must be enabled
When a pulse is active on a cylinder no pulse could be generated on an other cylinder
connected on the same ignition driver (ATIC71 or ATM46).
held liable for payment of damages. All rights created by patent grant or
Transmittal, reproduction, dissemination and/or editing of this document
Data acquisition
Parameter Absolute Relative Resolution Coincidence with Comment
precision precision parameter
Td_mpl 0.004ms
Diagnosis:
Coincidence requirements:
The value TD_MPL determines the conduction time of the ignition coil and the time delay
TD_MPL_DLY specifies a time-out when the ignition coil is turned on for the next spark.
Chapter Baseline Include File
Basic SW Inputs and Outputs 691F00 30204T01.00B
Date Department Sign
Designed by GC Shin 2008-05-27 SV P GS ES
Released by G. Raab 2008-05-27 SV P GS Sys2 PL
Designation
Engine Management System HMC Theta II ETC/BIN
Description:
Maximum Duration of Multiple Spark - NC_MPL_T_MAX
Crankshaft position
limitation for
Multiple Spark
NC_MPL_IGN_CRK_MAX
IGA_IGX[x]
TDC
TD_ON TD_OFF
Data acquisition
Parameter Absolute Relative Resolution Coincidence with Comment
precision precision parameter
Td_mpl_dly 0.004ms
Diagnosis:
Coincidence requirements:
held liable for payment of damages. All rights created by patent grant or
Transmittal, reproduction, dissemination and/or editing of this document
Data acquisition
Parameter Absolute Relative Resolution Coincidence with Comment
precision precision parameter
Ign_mpl_nr 1
Coincidence requirements:
Data acquisition
Parameter Absolute Relative Resolution Coincidence with Comment
precision precision parameter
Ign_ctl_mod
Diagnosis:
Coincidence requirements:
This action musn't be performed after the synchronization.
Data acquisition
Parameter Absolute Relative Resolution Coincidence with Comment
precision precision parameter
Cyl 1 - 1 Index range:
0 ... NC_CYL_NR-1
Diag_scp 1
Diagnosis:
Coincidence requirements:
1. A Dwell Time Pulse is considered as a main or a multiple dwell pulse. Thus there is no
distinction in the treatment of “Dwell Time On Events” from main and multiple pulses.
2. Consequently, there is no distinction in the treatment of “Spark Events” from main and/or
multiple Dwell Time pulses.
3. A “Dwell Time On Event” defines the start time of coil charging. The resolution and
precision of this time is defined by the corresponding ignition channel
held liable for payment of damages. All rights created by patent grant or
Transmittal, reproduction, dissemination and/or editing of this document
4. A “Spark Event” or “Dwell Time Off Event” defines the end time of coil charging. The
others without express authorization are prohibited. Offenders will be
as well as utilization of its contents and communication there of to
resolution and precision of this time is defined by the corresponding ignition channel.
registration of a utility model or design patent are reserved.
Each time a “Dwell Time On Event” occurs, the time during which the IGBT_DIAG Pin
indicates a SCP condition has to be integrated within a time window (defined below). If this
integrated time inside this window exceeds NC_INI_DEAC_CTR, the cylinder that has
produced the most recent Dwell Time On event must be switch off as fast as possible for the
current ignition cycle. The time window begins at any “Dwell Time On Event” and ends if
either one of the following criteria is met:
cr.a) another “Dwell Time On Event” from any Cylinder occurs. This restarts the time
window and thus the integration of the time for which IGBT_DIAG indicates SCP
conditions
One ATM 46 could handle only 4 ignition coils. If there are more than 4 ignition coils 2 ASIC
have to be used. To reduce the possibility of overlapping we have to use them in a crossed
order.
held liable for payment of damages. All rights created by patent grant or
Transmittal, reproduction, dissemination and/or editing of this document
Vc
IG B T c o lle c to r v o lta g e
( In p u t s ig n a l o f “ A T M 4 6 ” )
V IG B T TH
Ip
P rim a ry c u rre n t
≈
IP R
IG B T d ia g n o s tic s ig n a l
(O u tp u t s ig n a l o f “ A T M 4 6 ” ) t IG B T D IA G
≈
TD ON TD OFF TD _O N TD_O FF
t0 t1 t2
D w e ll tim e s ig n a l t3
TD TD _M PL
(O u tp u t o f µ C )
VIGBT_TH is the threshold voltage of the failure detection of IGBT protection. It is fixed by the
component (“ATM 46”) at ≈3V.
The input signal of the “ATM 46” is the IGBT collector voltage.
The output signal of “ATM 46” is low as long as the battery voltage is less than the threshold
of VIGBT TH if no failure is detected.
held liable for payment of damages. All rights created by patent grant or
Transmittal, reproduction, dissemination and/or editing of this document
VC
IG B T T H
H W d efin e d th re sh o ld
to d e te c t S C P
≈ t ip r_ o n
IG B T _ D IA G sig n a l t ip r_ off
(A T M 4 6 o u tp u t, µ P in p u t)
E3
≈ E3 E2
N C _ IG B T _ C U T _ O F F_ T
~5 m s t C U T _ O F F _IN H
“S C P p ro te c tio n ” in h ib itio n tim e
c o u n te r
≈ E2
N C _ IN I_ C T R _ D E A C E4
~ 6 0 0 µ s – m a x. 7 5 0 µ s t IP R
“S C P c o n d itio n d e te c te d “
in te g ra tio n tim e
E1
≈
D w e ll p u ls e (µ C ou tpu t)
P ro g ra m m e d t T D T TD O FF
E1 E2 E3 E2 E3 E4 E5 E6 t
t1 t2 t3 t 2 .2 t 3 .2 t4 t5 t6
A dwell pulse is considered as a main or multiple dwell pulse, no distinctions are done as
both can be critics in case of SCP failure.
When the collector voltage is higher than the threshold (VIGBT_TH), it indicates a SCP condition
on IGBT. In this case, the IGBT_DIAG signal from the ASIC is high (in SCP level).
a) Events and Actions definition
held liable for payment of damages. All rights created by patent grant or
Transmittal, reproduction, dissemination and/or editing of this document
- Clear the SCP pulse periods measured up to now (ie. the “SCP condition detected“
registration of a utility model or design patent are reserved.
integration time)
– start / enable to integrate the time for which the IGBT_DIAG Pin indicates a SCP
condition
E2: IGBT output without SCP condition (t2) or transition to No SCP (t2.2 - SCP disappears)
When E2 occurs, the “SCP condition detected“ integration time is stopped (no or no
more SCP conditions seen)
E3: IGBT output in SCP conditions (t3) or transition to SCP (t3.2 - SCP occurs again)
When E3 occurs, the “SCP condition detected“ integration time is started or re-started
(SCP conditions seen or re-seen again)
Chapter Baseline Include File
Basic SW Inputs and Outputs 691F00 30204T01.00B
Date Department Sign
Designed by GC Shin 2008-05-27 SV P GS ES
Released by G. Raab 2008-05-27 SV P GS Sys2 PL
Designation
Engine Management System HMC Theta II ETC/BIN
tCUT_OFF_INH = For the Ignition Coil under SCP Protection diagnostic, the “Cut Off” functionality
others without express authorization are prohibited. Offenders will be
as well as utilization of its contents and communication there of to
If such a time out occurs, the dwell time is not interrupted cause it corresponds to
case where IGBT handles over a situation with a high gradient of battery tension and
not a short circuit to battery
tIPR = “SCP condition detected“ integration time acquired
This Pulse Measurement Method has to be active – which is equivalent to: the
IGBT_DIAG input to the µP at SCP level has to be measured – between t0 and either
criteria cr.a), cr.b), cr.c) or cr.d) is met whichever comes first.
The minimum length of IGBT_DIAG pulses to be detected should be as short as possible
(minimal requirement: 8µs = 2*4µs)
Chapter Baseline Include File
Basic SW Inputs and Outputs 691F00 30204T01.00B
Date Department Sign
Designed by GC Shin 2008-05-27 SV P GS ES
Released by G. Raab 2008-05-27 SV P GS Sys2 PL
Designation
Engine Management System HMC Theta II ETC/BIN
Data acquisition
Parameter Absolute Relative Resolution Coincidence with Comment
precision precision parameter
Cyl 1 - 1 Index range:
0 ... NC_CYL_NR-1
Min_burn_time 0.004ms
V_dur_igc 0.004ms
Diag_scg 1
Diagnosis:
Coincidence requirements:
For the Spark Burn Time Duration measurement, the functionality is:
• To ensure a correct measurement in case of spark blow out, only the Active Level of Burn
Time measurement signal from the ATM46 (IGN_DIAG) is integrated in the time window
defined by two consecutive main spark events on the same ASIC
• Active Level of Burn Time measurement signal can be “High” or “Low” depending on HW
configuration
• Minimum length of Active Level pulses to be detected is 50µs and Minimum inter-space
between Active Level pulses to be detected is 50µs. Consequently, IGN_DIAG pulses
shorter than 50µs have a risk of not being processed.
Sparking events from multiple spark pulses do not restart the time window for measurement.
Indeed, the Burning effect that can be created by any Multiple spark pulses is de facto
integrated and cumulated with the Burning Duration from the preceding Main Spark pulse.
At the end of the time measurement window started by cylinder[x], the measured burning
duration is read out and written into the variable V_DUR_IGC[x] for the corresponding logical
cylinder [x]. The time for Burn Time measurement is then cleared and prepared for the next
held liable for payment of damages. All rights created by patent grant or
Transmittal, reproduction, dissemination and/or editing of this document
measurement.
as well as utilization of its contents and communication there of to
Consider that only one IGN_DIAG signal exists (this IGN_DIAG signal represents a wired
registration of a utility model or design patent are reserved.
“OR” of all the presents coils channels) which will limit the measurement range.
In Limp Home and ½ static modes, 2 main spark events – on one ATM46 diagnostic signal
line – occur at the same time. This means that the time windows for measurement of (at
least) two cylinders overlap. In such cases, due to the “OR” wiring on the signal information,
only the cylinder on which the most recent main spark event (TD OFF) is produced will define
and will be identified for the time window measurement.
Therefore, the reported burning duration in the interface variable V_DUR_IGC[x] may not
correspond to right real burning cylinder [x] in case of Limp Home mode and ½ static coils.
TD of IGN[x]
TD of IGN[y]
VBD_TH
≈Vbat +3V
Burn Time
Integration signal
result
held liable for payment of damages. All rights created by patent grant or
Transmittal, reproduction, dissemination and/or editing of this document
Output data:
Input data:
NC_SENS_NR_TIA
Import actions:
General information:
The purpose of this module is to provide the air sensor voltage out from the basic SW value
and provide a consistent value for one calculation run.
Application Condition
SYS_EVE__100MS
function/
SYS_EVE__RST{
init;}
From_fct_call1
From_fct_call
APP_CDN
function()
ActionImport VP_TIA
1 INI__VP_TIA
NC_SENS_NR_TIA
Merge 1
function() VP_TIA
Merge
<ACTION_AIRT_GetVpTia_T2> <ACTION_AIRT_GetVpTia_T2>
2 ActionImport VP_TIA
ActionImport
CLC__VP_TIA
2
Stub1
term1
SDA_SRS / SDA 4.0 01−Apr−2004
Figure 13 AIRT_SIGCVSENS0
f()
function
For [i]
Iterator
held liable for payment of damages. All rights created by patent grant or
Transmittal, reproduction, dissemination and/or editing of this document
1
registration of a utility model or design patent are reserved.
z
1 Unit Delay
ActionImport
[i] SelIn
Array[NC_SENS_NR_TIA]
From1
ActionImport
Vec_In Vec_Out 1 1
VP_TIA
Gain
VPTIA In
<VPTIA>
CTRTIASENS write_vector
[i]
ACTION_AIRT_GetVpTia
From ACTION_AIRT_GetVpTia
f()
function
For [i]
Iterator
For Iterator Goto
1
z
Unit Delay
[i] SelIn
Array[NC_SENS_NR_TIA]
From1
1 ActionImport
Vec_In Vec_Out 1 1
ActionImport VP_TIA
Gain
VPTIA In
<VPTIA>
From ACTION_AIRT_GetVpTia
ACTION_AIRT_GetVpTia
FUNCTION DESCRIPTION:
General information:
ACTION_INFR_GetLvImAcin:
This action reads out "air condition selected" information with a defined
coherency/coincidence.
Data acquisition
Parameter Absolute Relative Resolution Coincidence with Comment
precision precision parameter
Flag for air condition selected:
lv_im_acin - - <bit coded> 0 = not selected
1 = selected
Output Data:
Input Data:
Calibration Data:
General Information
For the Acquisition of Battery Temperature and Battery Current there are two possible Sensors.
The Analog Sensor (CONF_BAT_LIN = 0) send the raw values for Battery Sensor (Current and
Temperature) via Analog INPUT. These signals are measured by continuous conversion (10bits)
every 10msec.
held liable for payment of damages. All rights created by patent grant or
Transmittal, reproduction, dissemination and/or editing of this document
The Battery Sensor is a Hall Effect Sensor with a NTC Temperature element. The Hall sensor
as well as utilization of its contents and communication there of to
provides a voltage Signal, which is directly proportional to the current, which is going in or out of
registration of a utility model or design patent are reserved.
the battery. According to the characteristic line of the Sensor small voltages shows a negative
current (Battery is discharged) while high Voltage shows positive current (Battery is charged)
The Semi Smart Battery Sensor (CONF_BAT_LIN = 1) send the signals via LIN BUS
communication. The Temperature Signal is already based on a model, which gives the Fluid
temperature inside the battery
To take into consideration the current losses of the battery, the Self discharging current is subtract
from the measured current.
For Battery Management it is necessary to know the Battery voltage with higher resolution. This
can be done either with Battery Sensor via LIN BUS communication or via Analog Input signal from
VB_MES.
Application Conditions
Function description
Recurrence: 10MS
Init: RST
NVMRES fc_INI
NVMINI
NVMSTO
3 CONF_BAT Activation:
CONF_BAT CONF_BAT==1
fc_OPM__10MS
Deactivation:
if activation not true
APP_CDN
V. 7.2
1
CUR_BAT_BAS
2 CUR_BAT_EFF: O V 1
CUR_BAT_EFF_MMV: O V CUR_BAT_EFF
CUR_BAT_LIN
CUR_BAT_INI: O V 2
4 fc_INI CUR_BAT_MES: V
CONF_BAT_LIN CUR_BAT_EFF_MMV
input ini CUR_BAT_SD: V
5 3
LV_CUR_BAT: V
LV_SENS_BAT_LIN_VLD feedback LV_VB_SENS_LIN_INI_END: O V CUR_BAT_INI
6 INI TBAT_CLC: O V S 8
X.1 LV_VB_SENS_LIN_INI_END
NC_FAC_VB_RATIO TBAT_CLC_INI: V
7 TBAT_INI: O V 4
TBAT_BAS TBAT_MES: V TBAT_CLC
TBAT_MES_MMV: V 5
8
TBAT_SUM: V TBAT_INI
TBAT_LIN fc()
input T_TBAT_MES_MMV: V 6
9 VB_H: V
opm VB_H_INI
T_ES VB_H_INI: O V
held liable for payment of damages. All rights created by patent grant or
Transmittal, reproduction, dissemination and/or editing of this document
feedback 7
10 VB_H_MMV: O V
others without express authorization are prohibited. Offenders will be
X.2
11 V_TBAT: V
VB_LIN
registration of a utility model or design patent are reserved.
V. 6.3
12
VB_MES
SDA_SRS / SDA V 5.3.2 / 05−Mar−2008
Figure 18:
<fc_NVMRES>
fc()
<fc_NVMSTO> TBAT_CLC nvmres
1
fc_INI <fc_NVMINI> NVMRES
X.1.2
<fc_RST>
fc()
<V_TBAT>
TBAT_CLC
NVMSTO
X.1.3
fc()
<CONF_BAT_LIN>
CONF_BAT_LIN
TBAT_CLC
TBAT_BAS
nvmini
<TBAT_BAS>
NVMINI
X.1.1
fc()
<CUR_BAT_BAS>
CUR_BAT_BAS
<TBAT_LIN>
TBAT_BAS
<CONF_BAT_LIN>
CONF_BAT_LIN
2 BusMerge 1
input <T_ES>
T_ES clc_rst ini
V. 6.0
<VB_MES>
VB_MES
<NC_FAC_VB_RATIO>
NC_FAC_VB_RATIO
3 <TBAT_CLC>
TBAT_CLC_in
feedback
RST
X.1.4
Figure 19:
if
1
cond_if
CONF_BAT_LIN 0 else
V. 6.0
V. 6.0
Merge 1
2 x_val IP_val TBAT_CLC
TBAT_CLC
TBAT_BAS
held liable for payment of damages. All rights created by patent grant or
Transmittal, reproduction, dissemination and/or editing of this document
IP_TBAT_MES
others without express authorization are prohibited. Offenders will be
V. 6.4
as well as utilization of its contents and communication there of to
Figure 20:
registration of a utility model or design patent are reserved.
Figure 21:
NVMY[store]
1 TBAT_CLC
TBAT_CLC
TBAT_CLC
size: 1
init:0
Figure 22:
1 f()
V_CUR_BAT
CUR_BAT_BAS
V. 6.1
2
V_TBAT
TBAT_BAS V. 6.1
0 LV_VB_SENS_LIN_INI_END
3
cond_if if
CONF_BAT_LIN 0
V. 6.0
V. 6.0
fc()
V_CUR_BAT_in CUR_BAT_INI
TBAT_INI
V_TBAT_in
TBAT_CLC_INI
4 T_ES clc_rst
TBAT_CLC 1
T_ES
7 TBAT_CLC_in
VB_H
TBAT_CLC_in CLC_SUB\Ground
5 VB_MES VB_H_MMV
VB_MES VB_H_INI
6 NC_FAC_VB_RATIO
NC_FAC_VB_RATIO CLC_ANALOG
X.1.4.1
0 CUR_BAT_EFF
0 LV_CUR_BAT
0 CUR_BAT_SD
0 CUR_BAT_EFF_MMV
0 TBAT_MES
0 CUR_BAT_MES
0 TBAT_SUM
C_T_TBAT_MES_MMV T_TBAT_MES_MMV
V. 6.4
Figure 23:
held liable for payment of damages. All rights created by patent grant or
Transmittal, reproduction, dissemination and/or editing of this document
TBAT_INI
2
2 x_val IP_val TBAT_INI
V_TBAT_in
IP_TBAT_MES V. 6.1
V. 6.4
TBAT_CLC_INI
3 x_val IP_val m 3
TBAT_CLC_INI
T_ES u x_out
x_in TBAT_CLC
4
IP_FAC_TBAT_CLC_INI
V. 6.4 V. 6.1 TBAT_CLC
V. 6.6
4
TBAT_CLC_in
VB_H
5
VB_H
5
VB_MES VB_H VB_H_MMV
6
VB_H_MMV
V. 6.7
6 VB_H_INI
7
NC_FAC_VB_RATIO VB_H_INI
V. 6.1
Figure 24:
held liable for payment of damages. All rights created by patent grant or
Transmittal, reproduction, dissemination and/or editing of this document
VB_LIN VB_H_MMV
<VB_LIN>
VB_H_INI
2 <LV_VB_SENS_LIN_INI_END>
LV_VB_SENS_LIN_INI_END_fb
feedback CLC_INI_LIN
X.2.1
<CUR_BAT_BAS>
CUR_BAT_BAS CUR_BAT_MES
<CONF_BAT_LIN>
CONF_BAT_LIN CUR_BAT_SD
<LV_SENS_BAT_LIN_VLD>
LV_SENS_BAT_LIN_VLD
CUR_BAT_EFF
<CUR_BAT_LIN>
CUR_BAT_LIN
CUR_BAT_EFF_MMV
<VB>
VB
TBAT_CLC LV_CUR_BAT
<TBAT_CLC>
<CUR_BAT_EFF_MMV>
CUR_BAT_EFF_MMV_fb V_CUR_BAT
CLC_BAT_CUR
X.2.2 BusMerge Input opm 1
CONF_BAT_LIN TBAT_MES opm
<CONF_BAT_LIN> opm
TBAT_BAS CLC_SUB
<TBAT_BAS>
TBAT_CLC
<LV_SENS_BAT_LIN_VLD>
LV_SENS_BAT_LIN_VLD
TBAT_LIN TBAT_MES_MMV
<TBAT_LIN>
<T_TBAT_MES_MMV>
T_TBAT_MES_MMV_fb T_TBAT_MES_MMV
<TBAT_MES>
TBAT_MES_fb
TBAT_SUM
<TBAT_SUM>
TBAT_SUM_fb
<TBAT_CLC>
TBAT_CLC_fb V_TBAT
CLC_BAT_TEMP
X.2.3
<CONF_BAT_LIN>
CONF_BAT_LIN
<NC_FAC_VB_RATIO>
NC_FAC_VB_RATIO VB_H
<VB_LIN>
VB_LIN
V. 6.0
<VB_MES>
VB_MES
<LV_SENS_BAT_LIN_VLD>
LV_SENS_BAT_LIN_VLD VB_H_MMV
<VB_H_MMV>
VB_H_MMV_in
CLC_BAT_HIGH_V
X.2.4
Figure 25:
held liable for payment of damages. All rights created by patent grant or
Transmittal, reproduction, dissemination and/or editing of this document
6 NOT V. 6.0
LV_VB_SENS_LIN_INI_END_fb
1
fc()
CONF_BAT_LIN CUR_BAT_INI 1
V. 6.0 CUR_BAT_INI
0 3 CUR_BAT_LIN
CUR_BAT_LIN
TBAT_INI 2
TBAT_INI
TBAT_CLC_INI 3
TBAT_CLC_INI
4 TBAT_LIN VB_H 5
TBAT_LIN VB_H
VB_H_MMV 6
VB_H_MMV
VB_H_INI 7
5 VB_LIN
VB_H_INI
VB_LIN
LV_VB_SENS_LIN_INI_END 4
LV_VB_SENS_LIN_INI_END
CLC_LIN_ENA
X.2.11
Figure 26:
1 1
CUR_BAT_INI
CUR_BAT_LIN CUR_BAT_INI
V. 6.1
TBAT_INI 2
TBAT_INI
2 TBAT_CLC_INI
TBAT_LIN 3
V. 6.1 TBAT_CLC_INI
VB_H
4
VB_H
3 VB_H_MMV
5
VB_LIN VB_H_MMV
VB_H_INI
6
VB_H_INI
V. 6.1
Figure 27:
held liable for payment of damages. All rights created by patent grant or
Transmittal, reproduction, dissemination and/or editing of this document
2 if
CONF_BAT_LIN cond_if
0 else
V. 6.0 1
V. 6.0
V. 6.1 V_CUR_BAT
6
V. 6.1 V_CUR_BAT
1 x_val IP_val
CUR_BAT_BAS
V. 6.1
IP_CUR_BAT_MES
V. 6.4
3 cond_if if
LV_SENS_BAT_LIN_VLD V. 6.0
Merge 1
4 CUR_BAT_MES
CUR_BAT_LIN CUR_BAT_MES
V. 6.1
V. 6.0
+
– 3
CUR_BAT_EFF
V. 6.7
CUR_BAT_EFF
5 x_val V. 6.1
VB IP_val 2
y_val CUR_BAT_SD
6 CUR_BAT_SD
V. 6.1
TBAT_CLC IP_CUR_BAT_SD
V. 6.4
C_CRLC_CUR_BAT_EFF m
u x_out CUR_BAT_EFF_MMV 4
V. 6.4
7 x_in CUR_BAT_EFF_MMV
V. 6.1
CUR_BAT_EFF_MMV_fb V. 6.6
5
0 LV_CUR_BAT
V. 6.0
LV_CUR_BAT
Figure 28:
held liable for payment of damages. All rights created by patent grant or
Transmittal, reproduction, dissemination and/or editing of this document
TBAT_MES_in fc()
TBAT_MES_MMV
TBAT_MES_MMV_in BusMerge clc_bat_temp
LV_SENS_BAT_LIN_VLD TBAT_MES
3 LV_SENS_BAT_LIN_VLD
V. 6.0
4 TBAT_LIN TBAT_CLC
TBAT_LIN CLC_ELSE
X.2.3.2 2
<TBAT_CLC>
TBAT_CLC
<TBAT_MES>
1
TBAT_MES
<TBAT_MES_MMV>
3
TBAT_MES_MMV
<TBAT_SUM>
5
TBAT_SUM
<T_TBAT_MES_MMV>
4
T_TBAT_MES_MMV
<V_TBAT>
6
V_TBAT
Figure 29:
V_TBAT
6
1 V_TBAT
TBAT_BAS
V. 6.1
x_val IP_val 4
TBAT_MES
IP_TBAT_MES
V. 6.4
2 if
cond_if
T_TBAT_MES_MMV_fb 0 else f()
V. 6.0
held liable for payment of damages. All rights created by patent grant or
Transmittal, reproduction, dissemination and/or editing of this document
5 TBAT_CLC_in
as well as utilization of its contents and communication there of to
TBAT_CLC_fb T_TBAT_MES_MMV
TBAT_MES_MMV
registration of a utility model or design patent are reserved.
TBAT_SUM_in
TBAT_SUM
CLC_TBAT_THEN <TBAT_CLC>
5
X.2.3.1.1 TBAT_CLC
fc() <TBAT_MES_MMV>
1
T_TBAT_MES_MMV_in T_BAT_MES_MMV TBAT_MES_MMV
BusMerge
4 TBAT_SUM_in 3
<TBAT_SUM>
TBAT_SUM_fb 3 TBAT_MES_in TBAT_SUM V. 6.0 TBAT_SUM
TBAT_MES_fb CLC_TBAT_ELSE 2
X.2.3.1.2 <T_TBAT_MES_MMV>
T_TBAT_MES_MMV
Figure 30:
C_CRLC_TBAT m
C_T_TBAT_MES_MMV
V. 6.4 u x_out
TBAT_CLC
1
V. 6.4
1 x_in TBAT_CLC
TBAT_CLC_in V. 6.6
0 4
TBAT_CLC is updated each TBAT_SUM
C_T_TBAT_MES_MMV*10msec
C_T_TBAT_MES_MMV 2
V. 6.4 T_TBAT_MES_MMV
Figure 31:
3 +
f()
TBAT_MES_in 2 + 2
TBAT_SUM_in V. 6.7
TBAT_SUM
1 +
T_TBAT_MES_MMV_in – 1
1
V. 6.7
T_BAT_MES_MMV
Figure 32:
4
Merge TBAT_MES 2
TBAT_LIN
V. 6.0 TBAT_MES
1 V. 6.1
TBAT_MES_in C_CRLC_TBAT m
V. 6.0 TBAT_MES_MMV
V. 6.4 u x_out 1
2 x_in TBAT_MES_MMV
V. 6.1
TBAT_MES_MMV_in V. 6.6
TBAT_CLC 3
TBAT_CLC
V. 6.1
Figure 33:
held liable for payment of damages. All rights created by patent grant or
Transmittal, reproduction, dissemination and/or editing of this document
1 if
CONF_BAT_LIN cond_if
0 else
V. 6.0
V. 6.0
5 cond_if if
LV_SENS_BAT_LIN_VLD V. 6.0
3
VB_LIN
V. 6.0
4
VB_MES
Merge 1
2 VB_H
VB_H
NC_FAC_VB_RATIO V. 6.7 V. 6.1
C_CRLC_VB_H m
V. 6.4 u x_out 2
6 x_in VB_H_MMV
VB_H_MMV_in V. 6.6
Figure 34:
held liable for payment of damages. All rights created by patent grant or
Transmittal, reproduction, dissemination and/or editing of this document
Chapter Baseline
AGGR adaptation modules 691F00
Date Department Sign
Designed by GC Shin 2008-05-27 SV P GS ES
Released by G. Raab 2008-05-27 SV P GS Sys2 PL
Designation
Engine Management System HMC Theta II ETC/BIN
Chapter Baseline
AGGR adaptation modules 691F00
Date Department Sign
Designed by GC Shin 2008-05-27 SV P GS ES
Released by G. Raab 2008-05-27 SV P GS Sys2 PL
Designation
Engine Management System HMC Theta II ETC/BIN
FLOW_SP_CPS_EVAP
others without express authorization are prohibited. Offenders will be
use...........................................................................474
def........................................................................... 468
as well as utilization of its contents and communication there of to
LV_ERR_VLS_DOWN_1
use .......................................................................... 479 def ...........................................................................474
registration of a utility model or design patent are reserved.
FLOW_SP_CPS_VAP_CHK LV_ERR_VLS_UP_1
use .......................................................................... 468 def ...........................................................................474
FUEL_FLOW_ADD_AD_CP LV_ET_ACT
use .......................................................................... 468 def ...........................................................................475
I LV_FAC_H_RNG_LAM_AD
IP_CRLC_FAC_LAM_MV_MMV_CP use...........................................................................477
LV_FAC_H_RNG_LIM_MAX_LAM_AD
def........................................................................... 480
use...........................................................................476
IP_TI_FAC
def........................................................................... 467 LV_FAC_H_RNG_LIM_MIN_LAM_AD
use...........................................................................476
L LV_FAC_L_RNG_LAM_AD
LAM_ADJ_CP use...........................................................................477
LV_FAC_L_RNG_LIM_MAX_LAM_AD
Chapter Baseline
AGGR adaptation modules 691F00
Date Department Sign
Designed by GC Shin 2008-05-27 SV P GS ES
Released by G. Raab 2008-05-27 SV P GS Sys2 PL
Designation
Engine Management System HMC Theta II ETC/BIN
LV_MFF_AD_FAC_H_LIM_MIN_i T_MFF_AD_MIN
def........................................................................... 476 def ...........................................................................476
registration of a utility model or design patent are reserved.
LV_MFF_AD_FAC_L_i T_PRI_TOT_LAM_AD
def........................................................................... 476 use...........................................................................477
LV_MFF_AD_FAC_L_LIM_MAX_i T_PUC
def........................................................................... 476 def ...........................................................................482
LV_MFF_AD_FAC_L_LIM_MIN_i T_SEG_RR_0
def........................................................................... 476 def ...........................................................................472
LV_MFF_ADD_LIM_MAX_LAM_AD T_SEG_RR_1
use .......................................................................... 476 def ...........................................................................472
LV_MFF_ADD_LIM_MIN_LAM_AD TEG_CAT_DOWN_MDL
use .......................................................................... 477 def ...........................................................................481
LV_MFF_ADD_RNG_LAM_AD use...........................................................................475
use .......................................................................... 477 TEG_CAT_DOWN_STAT_i
LV_PUC
Chapter Baseline
AGGR adaptation modules 691F00
Date Department Sign
Designed by GC Shin 2008-05-27 SV P GS ES
Released by G. Raab 2008-05-27 SV P GS Sys2 PL
Designation
Engine Management System HMC Theta II ETC/BIN
V
VLS_DOWN[NC_CBK_EX_NR]
use .......................................................................... 474
VLS_DOWN_1
def........................................................................... 474
held liable for payment of damages. All rights created by patent grant or
Transmittal, reproduction, dissemination and/or editing of this document
Chapter Baseline
AGGR adaptation modules 691F00
Date Department Sign
Designed by GC Shin 2008-05-27 SV P GS ES
Released by G. Raab 2008-05-27 SV P GS Sys2 PL
Designation
Engine Management System HMC Theta II ETC/BIN
Input data:
FUNCTION DESCRIPTION:
General information:
This chapter describes the in- and output changes in reason of the existing project
environment and follower AGGR’es.
Additionally the initialisation of AGGR’es input value what is not described in the AGGR
structure will be set.
Formula section:
LV_ST_INJ_AUTH = 1
LV_AFL_CLC = 0
TFU = 20,3
TI_ADD_x = 0
LV_IND_FCUT = LV_FCUT_IND
held liable for payment of damages. All rights created by patent grant or
Transmittal, reproduction, dissemination and/or editing of this document
Input data:
FUNCTION DESCRIPTION:
General information:
This chapter describes the in- and output changes in order to adapt EVAM solution in HMC
theta project.
Description:
Deactivation: -
others without express authorization are prohibited. Offenders will be
as well as utilization of its contents and communication there of to
Recurrence: 10 ms
registration of a utility model or design patent are reserved.
Formula section :
MFF_ADD_CP_KGH = FUEL_FLOW_ADD_AD_CP
CL_MMV_CLC_END = CL_MMV_NORM_PURGE_END
FLOW_DLY_MMV_CP = MAF_CPS_DLY_2_MMV
C_RAF_CLC_CP = C_FUEL_FAC_CP
LV_VB_CDN_OBD_1 = LV_CDN_VB_OBD1
Chapter Baseline Include File
AGGR adaptation modules 691F00 5W301J01.00A
Date Department Sign
Designed by GC Shin 2008-05-27 SV P GS ES
Released by G. Raab 2008-05-27 SV P GS Sys2 PL
Designation
Engine Management System HMC Theta II ETC/BIN
Calibration data:
C_MAF_CPS_MAX_FUC_MISS_DIAG C_FLOW_CPS_MAX_FUC_MISS_DIAG
others without express authorization are prohibited. Offenders will be
as well as utilization of its contents and communication there of to
C_MAF_CPS_MIN_FUC_MISS_DIAG C_FLOW_CPS_MIN_FUC_MISS_DIAG
C_MAF_CPS_SP_CLOSE_DIAGCP C_FLOW_CPS_SP_CLOSE_DIAGCP
registration of a utility model or design patent are reserved.
C_MAX_DIF_SLOP_MMV C_DTP_MAX_DIF_SLOP_MMV
C_MAX_DTP_REC_DIAGCP C_DTP_MAX_REC_DIAGCP
C_MAX_PRS_DYN_DIAGCP C_PRS_MAX_DYN_DIAGCP
C_MIN_PRS_DYN_DIAGCP C_PRS_MIN_DYN_DIAGCP
C_REL_FLOW_CPS_MIN_CP_DIAGCP C_FLOW_CPS_MIN_CP_DIAGCP
Old Name New Name
C_SUM_CYC_DIAGCP_MAX C_NR_CYC_DIAGCP_MAX
C_SUM_CYC_FUC_MISS_DIAG_MAX C_NR_CYC_FUC_MISS_DIAG_MAX
C_SUM_CYC_INTR_DIAGCP_MAX C_NR_CYC_INTR_DIAGCP_MAX
C_SUM_CYC_INTR_FUC_MISS_DIAG C_NR_CYC_INTR_FUC_MISS_DIAG
LAM_0_CP_VAP_CHK FAC_LAM_0_CP_VAP_CHK
others without express authorization are prohibited. Offenders will be
LAM_DIF_CP_VAP_CHK FAC_LAM_DIF_CP_VAP_CHK
as well as utilization of its contents and communication there of to
LAM_MV_DIAGCP FAC_LAM_DIAGCP
registration of a utility model or design patent are reserved.
LC_INH_VAP_CHK LC_VAP_CHK_INH
LC_INH_VAP_CHK LC_VAP_CHK_INH
LDP_AMP LDP_AMP_ID_AMP_TEMP_FUEL
LDP_AMP__SQRT_AMP LDP_AMP_IP_AMP_SQRT
TAM_FUEL_TEMP TAM_COR_TFU
others without express authorization are prohibited. Offenders will be
TIA TAM
as well as utilization of its contents and communication there of to
TOT_DIF_SIG_BAS DTP_TOT_DIF_BAS
registration of a utility model or design patent are reserved.
TOT_DIF_SIG_DIAG DTP_TOT_DIF_DIAG
TOT_SUM_DTP DTP_TOT_SUM
Output data:
Input data:
BIOS_VS_EDGE_CTR BIOS_VS_EDGE_T
Application conditions:
Initialisation : all other outputs and local variables are set to 0 at ECU-reset and at
function deactivation
Recurrence : 10 msec of rough road event task
Activation : After VS signal learning is finished
Formula section:
Segment period acquisition
The function uses consecutive segment times for calculation of a wheel speed gradient. The
segments are built with a minimum number of NC_SEG_TOOTH_RR edges and afterwards
normalized to a length of 4 teeth.
If BIOS_VS_EDGE_CTR - TMP_BIOS_VS_EDGE_CTR_OLD >= NC_SEG_TOOTH_RR
then // If condition reversed, Then and else position interchanged
(calculation of T_SEG_RR_0 )
T_SEG_RR_1=T_SEG_RR_0
(BIOS_VS_ EDGE_T −TMP_ BIOS_VS_ EDGE_T _ OLD) * 4
T _ SEG_ RR_ 0 =
BIOS_VS_ EDGE_ CTR−TMP_ BIOS_VS_ EDGE_CTR_ OLD
TMP_BIOS_VS_EDGE_T_OLD=BIOS_VS_EDGE_T
TMP_BIOS_VS_EDGE_CTR_OLD=BIOS_VS_EDGE_CTR
held liable for payment of damages. All rights created by patent grant or
Transmittal, reproduction, dissemination and/or editing of this document
No Action
registration of a utility model or design patent are reserved.
Configuration data:
Configuration data:
Name Mode Hex. limits Phys. limits Resol. Unit
NC_CMB_CONF 1 0H AFS 1 [-]
1H AFS_S
2H AFS_AFL
3H AFS_AFL_S
Engine combustion modes target
Description:
Name Value
NC_CMB_CONF 0H (AFS)
held liable for payment of damages. All rights created by patent grant or
Transmittal, reproduction, dissemination and/or editing of this document
Output data:
Input data:
FUNCTION DESCRIPTION:
General information:
The HMC Theta PI project has one cylinder bank and exhaust system.
The variable assignment must be executed after the EGCP modules execution.
Application conditions:
Initialisation: at ECU reset all variables are initialised with 0
Recurrence: 10ms
held liable for payment of damages. All rights created by patent grant or
Transmittal, reproduction, dissemination and/or editing of this document
Deactivation: -
registration of a utility model or design patent are reserved.
Formula section:
LV_ERR_LS_UP_FRQ_1 = LV_ERR_FRQ_LS_UP[1]
LV_ERR_LS_UP_SWT_1 = LV_ERR_SWT_LS_UP[1]
STATE_LSH_DOWN_1 = STATE_LSH_DOWN[1]
VLS_DOWN_1 = VLS_DOWN[1]
LV_ERR_VLS_UP_1 = 0
LV_ERR_VLS_DOWN_1 = 0
Output data:
Input data:
LV_TEMP_DEW_LS_UP[N
C_CBK_EX_NR]
FUNCTION DESCRIPTION:
General information:
The HMC Theta PI project has one cylinder bank and exhaust system.
This function must be executed before the EGCP modules are executed.
Application conditions:
Initialisation: at ECU reset all variables are initialised with 0
Recurrence: T_SAMPLE = 10 ms
Activation: at all engine operating states
Deactivation: -
Formula section:
held liable for payment of damages. All rights created by patent grant or
Transmittal, reproduction, dissemination and/or editing of this document
LV_ET_ACT = 0
as well as utilization of its contents and communication there of to
LV_VB_CDN_OBD_2 = LV_CDN_VB_OBD2
registration of a utility model or design patent are reserved.
LV_ERR_MEC_OPEN_CPS = LV_ERR_MEC_CPS
LV_CP_CLOSE_ACT = LV_CLOSE_ACT_CP
LV_DIAG_EOL_REQ_OBD_LSH_DOWN = 0
LV_TEG_MIN_THD[i] = LV_TEMP_DEW_LS_UP[i]
Output data:
Input data:
LV_LAM_LSCL[NC_CBK_EX_NR] FAC_LAM_MV[NC_CBK_EX_NR]
FAC_LAM_MV_MMV[NC_CBK_EX_NR] FAC_LAM_MV_MMV_CP[NC_CBK_EX_NR]
LV_FAC_LAM_LIM_MAX[NC_CBK_EX_NR] LV_FAC_LAM_LIM_MIN[NC_CBK_EX_NR]
LV_LAM_AD_END LV_FAC_H_RNG_LIM_MAX_LAM_AD[NC_CBK_EX_NR]
LV_LAM_AD_CDN LV_FAC_H_RNG_LIM_MIN_LAM_AD[NC_CBK_EX_NR]
EFF_CAT_DIAG_i LV_MFF_ADD_LIM_MAX_LAM_AD[NC_CBK_EX_NR]
FUNCTION DESCRIPTION:
General information:
The variable assignment must be executed after the LACO modules execution.
Deactivation: -
TI_LAM_COR_i = FAC_LAM_LIM[NC_CBK_EX_NR]
others without express authorization are prohibited. Offenders will be
as well as utilization of its contents and communication there of to
Output data:
Input data:
LV_LAM_ADJ_CP LAM_ADJ_CP
LV_FAC_LAM_SHIFT_CP_END[NC_CBK_EX_NR]
LV_LAM_LIM_MFF_AD_i FLOW_SP_CPS_EVAP
PV_AV
LV_TI_AD_CP_INH
FUNCTION DESCRIPTION:
General information:
This function must be executed before the LACO modules are executed.
Deactivation: -
registration of a utility model or design patent are reserved.
Application conditions:
Recurrence: T_SAMPLE = 10 ms
LV_FAC_LAM_SHIFT_CP = LV_LAM_ADJ_CP
FAC_LAM_SHIFT_CP = LAM_ADJ_CP
LV_CAT_PURGE_ACT[1] = LV_ACT_INT_PUC_1
LV_LAM_AD_ENA = NOT (LV_TI_AD_CP_INH)
T_DLY_CAT_PURGE[1] = 0
CRLC_FAC_LAM_MV_MMV_CP = IP_CRLC_FAC_LAM_MV_MMV_CP
LV_LAM_LIM_LAM_AD[i] = LV_LAM_LIM_MFF_AD_i
PV = PV_AV
Calibration data:
Output data:
Input data:
Formula section:
Recurrence: 100 ms
Formula section:
Recurrence: 100 ms
TEMP_CAT = TEMP_CAT_DYN_MDL[1]
TEG_CAT_UP_MDL[1] = TEG_DYN_UP_CAT[1]
held liable for payment of damages. All rights created by patent grant or
Transmittal, reproduction, dissemination and/or editing of this document
TEG_CAT_UP_MDL_MAX = TEG_DYN_UP_CAT[1]
others without express authorization are prohibited. Offenders will be
as well as utilization of its contents and communication there of to
TEG_CAT_DOWN_MDL[1] = TEG_DYN_DOWN_CAT[1]
registration of a utility model or design patent are reserved.
Output data:
Input data:
LV_PUC
Application conditions:
Initialisation: At reset T_PUC = 0
Recurrence: 10ms
Activation: LV_PUC = 1
Then increment T_PUC
Deactivation: LV_PUC = 0
Then T_PUC = 0
Formula section:
f()
if E y 1
1 c o n d _ if
e ls e R c nt T _ P UC
L V _ P UC G e n e ri c : M u l ti & S i n g l e ra te
held liable for payment of damages. All rights created by patent grant or
Transmittal, reproduction, dissemination and/or editing of this document
ACTION_ERRM_TrigFarm(IN <XX>)
This action indicates if a failure status has changed to inform FARM
Formula section:
ACTION_ERRM_TrigFarm(XX) do nothing !
held liable for payment of damages. All rights created by patent grant or
Transmittal, reproduction, dissemination and/or editing of this document
Chapter
Ichon(ICH)
Designed by
Released by
System variables
G. Raab
GC Shin
general specification
Designation
4
Document Key
E150-024.49.01 SPE 000 20.0
Date
Baseline
691F00
SV P GS ES
SV P GS Sys2 PL
Sign
Pages
484 of 5555
A4 : 2004-06
general specification
Table of Contents
start: 631
others without express authorization are prohibited. Offenders will be
as well as utilization of its contents and communication there of to
4.9 Sensor specific Air Mass Flow Variables (only in case of MAF Sensor) 638
4.9.1 INSY_MDLADMAF0 639
4.9.1.1 INSY_MDLADMAF0/OPERATE_SEG 640
Chapter Baseline
System variables 691F00
Date Department Sign
Designed by GC Shin 2008-05-27 SV P GS ES
Released by G. Raab 2008-05-27 SV P GS Sys2 PL
Designation
Engine Management System HMC Theta II ETC/BIN
threshold: 672
4.10.4.5.2.2.1.1 Calculation of MAF_THR and MAP_DRV1 if PQ_SP_MAP_DRV1_SWI
condition is active: 674
4.10.4.5.2.2.1.2 Calculation of MAF_THR and MAP_DRV1 if PQ_SP_MAP_DRV1_SWI
condition is not active: 674
4.10.4.5.2.2.2 Calculation of MAF_THR and MAP_DRV1 if PQ is under or equal to a
certain threshold: 675
4.10.4.5.3 Calculation of EGR_RATIO_X and MAF_FG_X 675
4.10.4.5.3.1 EGR_RATIO_X and MAF_FG_X - then branch 677
4.10.4.5.3.1.1 Calculation of EGR_RATIO 678
Chapter Baseline
System variables 691F00
Date Department Sign
Designed by GC Shin 2008-05-27 SV P GS ES
Released by G. Raab 2008-05-27 SV P GS Sys2 PL
Designation
Engine Management System HMC Theta II ETC/BIN
Chapter Baseline
System variables 691F00
Date Department Sign
Designed by GC Shin 2008-05-27 SV P GS ES
Released by G. Raab 2008-05-27 SV P GS Sys2 PL
Designation
Engine Management System HMC Theta II ETC/BIN
4.14.2.2.3.1.4.1 SUB_3141: Initialization with the initialization of the P-share of the new
as well as utilization of its contents and communication there of to
4.14.2.2.3.1.4.2 SUB_3142: Initialization without the initialization of the P-share of the new
state (LC_AR_RED_PUT_P_INI = 0): 748
4.14.2.2.4 SUB_4: MAF sensor based intake manifold model adjustment via pressure
upstream throttle (INSY_MAF_PUT_CTL): 748
4.14.2.2.4.1 SUB_41: MAF sensor based intake manifold model adjustment via
pressure upstream throttle (INSY_MAF_PUT_CTL) 748
4.14.2.2.4.1.1 SUB_411: Check if a state transition is requested: 749
4.14.2.2.4.1.2 SUB_412: AR_RED_DIF_P_REL is ramped down to 0: 750
4.14.2.2.4.1.3 SUB_413: Calculations of controller outputs (PI): 751
Chapter Baseline
System variables 691F00
Date Department Sign
Designed by GC Shin 2008-05-27 SV P GS ES
Released by G. Raab 2008-05-27 SV P GS Sys2 PL
Designation
Engine Management System HMC Theta II ETC/BIN
4.18 Basic Volumetric Efficiency for IVVT at Inlet and Outlet 854
4.18.1 Standard EFF_VOL calculation (Seg-Syn.), using camshaft position mean
value 856
4.18.2 EFF_VOL-REQ-calculation for CAM_OFS-adaptation (20ms), when
requested 856
4.18.3 Main algorithm for the Basic Volumetric Efficiency - slope and offset 857
4.40 Air Temperatures at Throttle, Intake Manifold and Cyl. (Appl. Inc.) 955
Chapter Baseline
System variables 691F00
Date Department Sign
Designed by GC Shin 2008-05-27 SV P GS ES
Released by G. Raab 2008-05-27 SV P GS Sys2 PL
Designation
Engine Management System HMC Theta II ETC/BIN
Chapter Baseline
System variables 691F00
Date Department Sign
Designed by GC Shin 2008-05-27 SV P GS ES
Released by G. Raab 2008-05-27 SV P GS Sys2 PL
Designation
Engine Management System HMC Theta II ETC/BIN
Chapter Baseline
System variables 691F00
Date Department Sign
Designed by GC Shin 2008-05-27 SV P GS ES
Released by G. Raab 2008-05-27 SV P GS Sys2 PL
Designation
Engine Management System HMC Theta II ETC/BIN
AMP_MES_BAS
others without express authorization are prohibited. Offenders will be
C_AMP_AD_COR_CRLC
others without express authorization are prohibited. Offenders will be
def .........................................................................1261
def........................................................................... 797
as well as utilization of its contents and communication there of to
C_CRLC_AD_CAM_IN
C_AMP_AD_DIF_NEG_AT_IS def .........................................................................1261
registration of a utility model or design patent are reserved.
C_CRLC_PRS_WG_ACR C_CTR_MAX_PVS_MOVE
def......................................................................... 1293 use.........................................................................1007
registration of a utility model or design patent are reserved.
C_CRLC_PSN_RCL_MDL1 C_CTR_N_MAX_DEC
def......................................................................... 1300 def ...........................................................................584
C_CRLC_PSN_RCL_MDL2 C_CTR_N_MAX_INC
def......................................................................... 1300 def ...........................................................................584
C_CRLC_PSN_WG_ACR C_CTR_N_MAX_THD
def......................................................................... 1297 def ...........................................................................584
C_CRLC_PSP C_CTR_N_SP_IS_GEN_LOAD_INI
def......................................................................... 1128 def ...........................................................................561
C_CRLC_PUT_MDL_DIF_I_MMV C_CYCNR_OPG_LIM_ISA
def........................................................................... 727 def ...........................................................................715
C_CRLC_PUT_MMV C_DELTA_MAX_FAC_NEG_N_TCHA
def........................................................................... 597 def ...........................................................................974
C_CRLC_SEG_AD_ER C_DELTA_MAX_FAC_POS_N_TCHA
Chapter Baseline
System variables 691F00
Date Department Sign
Designed by GC Shin 2008-05-27 SV P GS ES
Released by G. Raab 2008-05-27 SV P GS Sys2 PL
Designation
Engine Management System HMC Theta II ETC/BIN
C_FAC_PRS_CHA_UP C_GEN_LOAD_HYS
def......................................................................... 1300 def ...........................................................................561
registration of a utility model or design patent are reserved.
C_FAC_PRS_RCL_UP_ACT_TRAN C_GEN_LOAD_N_SP_IS_GEN_LOAD_ACT
def........................................................................... 983 def ...........................................................................561
C_FAC_PUT_MES_ADJ_OFS C_GR_AT
def........................................................................... 597 def ...........................................................................584
C_FAC_R_IT_ERR_NEG_LS_DOWN C_GR_INH_ER_AD_AT
def......................................................................... 1088 def .........................................................................1174
C_FAC_R_IT_ERR_NEG_LS_UP C_GR_INH_ER_AD_MT
def......................................................................... 1105 def .........................................................................1174
C_FAC_R_IT_ERR_POS_LS_DOWN C_GR_MT
def......................................................................... 1088 def ...........................................................................584
C_FAC_R_IT_ERR_POS_LS_UP C_GRD_AD_MAX_CAM_EX
def......................................................................... 1105 def .........................................................................1261
C_FAC_RATIO_MAX C_GRD_AD_MAX_CAM_IN
Chapter Baseline
System variables 691F00
Date Department Sign
Designed by GC Shin 2008-05-27 SV P GS ES
Released by G. Raab 2008-05-27 SV P GS Sys2 PL
Designation
Engine Management System HMC Theta II ETC/BIN
C_N_AMP_AD_MAX C_N_MAX_L_SEG_AD_ER_MT
def........................................................................... 798 def .........................................................................1192
registration of a utility model or design patent are reserved.
C_N_SP_IS_ADD_ACT_MIN C_PQ_PRS_LOSS_AIC_SWI_THD
as well as utilization of its contents and communication there of to
C_TAM_AS C_TIA_THR_AS
as well as utilization of its contents and communication there of to
C_TQI_REQ_DRIV_GR_MIN C_VLS_HYS_R_IT_LS_DOWN
def......................................................................... 1069 def ............................................................... 1088, 1105
registration of a utility model or design patent are reserved.
C_TRT_DIF_TECU C_VLS_UP_MMV_DRV1_ABS_MAX
def......................................................................... 1006 def .........................................................................1105
C_TYP_EPC_WG_ACR C_VLS_UP_MMV_DRV1_THD_MAX
def......................................................................... 1293 def .........................................................................1105
C_V_PVS_HYS_FIL C_VLS_UP_MMV_DRV1_THD_MIN
def......................................................................... 1023 def .........................................................................1105
C_V_PVS_SP_FL_1 C_VLS_UP_MMV_MIN_RNG_BOL_R_IT
def......................................................................... 1023 def .........................................................................1105
C_V_PVS_SP_FL_2 C_VLS_UP_MMV_MIN_RNG_TOL_R_IT
def......................................................................... 1023 def .........................................................................1105
C_V_PVS_SP_MAX_1 C_VLS_UP_THD_BOL
def......................................................................... 1046 def .........................................................................1070
C_V_PVS_SP_MAX_2 C_VLS_UP_THD_TOL
Chapter Baseline
System variables 691F00
Date Department Sign
Designed by GC Shin 2008-05-27 SV P GS ES
Released by G. Raab 2008-05-27 SV P GS Sys2 PL
Designation
Engine Management System HMC Theta II ETC/BIN
C_VS_N_RISE_GEAR_SHIFT CONF_DIAGCP_VOL
def......................................................................... 1069 use.........................................................................1138
registration of a utility model or design patent are reserved.
C_VS_PVS_BLS_BTS_LIM CONF_GEN_LOAD
def......................................................................... 1040 use...........................................................................551
C_VS_TAM_MIN CONF_IMOB
def........................................................................... 917 use.........................................................................1344
CAM_MV_EX CONF_MAF
use .......................................................................... 854 use................................................... 692, 917, 937, 947
CAM_MV_EX_1 CONF_MIL_FMY
def........................................................................... 854 use.........................................................................1341
CAM_MV_EX_REQ_CAM_OFS_AD CONF_MIL_FMY_CAN
use .......................................................................... 854 def .........................................................................1341
CAM_MV_IN CONF_PORT
use .................................................................. 644, 854 use...........................................................................861
CAM_MV_IN_1 CONF_TAM
Chapter Baseline
System variables 691F00
Date Department Sign
Designed by GC Shin 2008-05-27 SV P GS ES
Released by G. Raab 2008-05-27 SV P GS Sys2 PL
Designation
Engine Management System HMC Theta II ETC/BIN
def .........................................................................1277
others without express authorization are prohibited. Offenders will be
def......................................................................... 1204
as well as utilization of its contents and communication there of to
CTR_IG_CYC_OBD DIST_CHA_SP
def......................................................................... 1345 def .........................................................................1277
registration of a utility model or design patent are reserved.
CTR_IGK_CYC_RBM DIST_CHA_STND
use ........................................................................ 1345 def .........................................................................1277
CTR_LEAK_RCL DIST_CHA_STND_SP
def........................................................................... 983 def .........................................................................1277
CTR_MAF_PULS DIST_DC
def........................................................................... 638 def ...........................................................................907
CTR_MAP_PLS DIST_FCO
def........................................................................... 632 def ...........................................................................908
CTR_N_MAX DIST_FMY
def........................................................................... 577 def ...........................................................................909
CTR_N_SP_IS_GEN_LOAD_INI DIST_TMP
def........................................................................... 550 def ...........................................................................907
CTR_PUT_WG_OPEN_AD DLY_DRV1_STND_BAL
Chapter Baseline
System variables 691F00
Date Department Sign
Designed by GC Shin 2008-05-27 SV P GS ES
Released by G. Raab 2008-05-27 SV P GS Sys2 PL
Designation
Engine Management System HMC Theta II ETC/BIN
def........................................................................... 854
others without express authorization are prohibited. Offenders will be
def .........................................................................1204
as well as utilization of its contents and communication there of to
FAC_AMP_TIA_COR
others without express authorization are prohibited. Offenders will be
def ...........................................................................965
as well as utilization of its contents and communication there of to
def .........................................................................1276
others without express authorization are prohibited. Offenders will be
def......................................................................... 1138
as well as utilization of its contents and communication there of to
FTL_MES ID_N_SP_IS_DEC_GEN_LOAD_MMV_FIL
def......................................................................... 1138 def ...........................................................................561
registration of a utility model or design patent are reserved.
FTL_MMV ID_N_SP_IS_INC_GEN_LOAD_MMV_FIL
def......................................................................... 1138 def ...........................................................................561
FTL_VB_COR IDX_CAM_EX
def......................................................................... 1138 def ...........................................................................854
FUP IDX_EDGE_CAM_EX
def......................................................................... 1053 use............................................................... 1221, 1255
IDX_EDGE_CAM_IN
G use............................................................... 1221, 1255
G_SEL_DISP IDX_N_PUT_WG_OPEN_AD
def......................................................................... 1330 def .........................................................................1273
G_SEL_DISP_CAN IGA_AV_MV
def......................................................................... 1323 use.........................................................................1347
use ........................................................................ 1331 IGA_BAS_COR
Chapter Baseline
System variables 691F00
Date Department Sign
Designed by GC Shin 2008-05-27 SV P GS ES
Released by G. Raab 2008-05-27 SV P GS Sys2 PL
Designation
Engine Management System HMC Theta II ETC/BIN
IP_CRLC_TIA_AIC_DOWN_RGL IP_EFF_VOL_VO_COR_1
def........................................................................... 972 def ...........................................................................872
registration of a utility model or design patent are reserved.
IP_CRLC_TIA_CHA_DOWN_RGL IP_FAC_ADD_ER_AT
def........................................................................... 972 def .........................................................................1159
IP_CRLC_TIA_CHA_UP IP_FAC_ADD_ER_MT
def........................................................................... 972 def .........................................................................1159
IP_CRLC_TIA_ICO_UP IP_FAC_AMP_TQ
def........................................................................... 992 def ...........................................................................717
IP_CRLC_TIA_RCL_DOWN IP_FAC_AR_RED_COR
def........................................................................... 972 def ...........................................................................768
IP_CRLC_TOIL_MDL_1 IP_FAC_AR_RED_PUT_PQ_SP_GRD
def......................................................................... 1123 def ...........................................................................728
IP_CRLC_TOIL_MDL_2 IP_FAC_AR_RED_RCL_MDL
def......................................................................... 1123 def .........................................................................1301
IP_CRLC_TOIL_MDL_3 IP_FAC_DRV2_ER_AT
Chapter Baseline
System variables 691F00
Date Department Sign
Designed by GC Shin 2008-05-27 SV P GS ES
Released by G. Raab 2008-05-27 SV P GS Sys2 PL
Designation
Engine Management System HMC Theta II ETC/BIN
IP_PRS_EPC_RCL_DOWN_FALL_OPEN IP_SEG_AD_COR_ER_MT_3
as well as utilization of its contents and communication there of to
use...........................................................................979
others without express authorization are prohibited. Offenders will be
def......................................................................... 1124
as well as utilization of its contents and communication there of to
IP_TOIL_OFS_ST LC_ERR_TAM_CAN_AS
def......................................................................... 1123 def ...........................................................................917
registration of a utility model or design patent are reserved.
IP_TOIL_SUB LC_ERR_TAM_SUPP
def......................................................................... 1123 def ...........................................................................972
IP_TPS_AMP_AD_MAP_MES_MIN LC_FAC_AMP_TIA_COR_SWI
def........................................................................... 799 def ...........................................................................717
IP_TPS_GRD_MAX_ER_AD LC_FAC_TIA_PRS_CHA_DOWN_WG_OPEN
def......................................................................... 1186 def .........................................................................1263
IP_TPS_SEG_LOAD_MAX LC_FLOW_WG_DIF
def........................................................................... 715 def .........................................................................1319
IP_TQ_MAX_PVS_LIM LC_GR_MT_CS_USE
def......................................................................... 1040 def .........................................................................1062
IP_TQ_REQ_CLU_HIGH LC_INH_LIH_CAM
def......................................................................... 1359 def .........................................................................1243
IP_TQ_REQ_CLU_LOW LC_INH_LIH_CRK
Chapter Baseline
System variables 691F00
Date Department Sign
Designed by GC Shin 2008-05-27 SV P GS ES
Released by G. Raab 2008-05-27 SV P GS Sys2 PL
Designation
Engine Management System HMC Theta II ETC/BIN
LC_T_ES_MAN LDP_GEAR_IP_N_DIF_LPF_AJ_MIN
as well as utilization of its contents and communication there of to
LDP_N_32_IP_FAC_TQ_REQ_CLU_IS LDP_PSN_WG_ACR_IP_PSN_WG
as well as utilization of its contents and communication there of to
LDP_TEMP_COLD_IP_FAC_TIA_COR LDP_VP_PUT_MV_IP_PUT_MES
as well as utilization of its contents and communication there of to
LV_CDN_ENA_TCO_SUB use.........................................................................1204
def........................................................................... 932 LV_DRV1_STND_BAL_FDOUT
registration of a utility model or design patent are reserved.
LV_ERR_AMP use...........................................................................692
use .......................................................................... 883 LV_ERR_LOAD_TPS_PLAUS_FAST
registration of a utility model or design patent are reserved.
LV_ERR_TAM_CAN LV_IGK
as well as utilization of its contents and communication there of to
use .........................................578, 692, 926, 932, 1341 1004, 1029, 1041, 1047, 1112, 1113, 1132, 1136,
LV_ERR_TCO_GRD 1138, 1142, 1219, 1221, 1338, 1356
use ........................................................ 578, 692, 1341 LV_IM_ACCIN_CAN
LV_ERR_TCO_PLAUS def .........................................................................1331
use .................................................................. 578, 692 LV_IM_ACIN_CAN
LV_ERR_TCO_PREL def .........................................................................1331
use .......................................................................... 926 LV_IM_CS_PN
LV_ERR_TCO_STUCK use.........................................................................1108
use ........................................................ 578, 692, 1341 LV_INH_ACC_ER_AD
LV_ERR_TCO_STUCK_RNG def .........................................................................1181
use .......................................................................... 932 LV_INH_AMP_AD
LV_ERR_TIA def ...........................................................................689
def........................................................................... 937 use...........................................................................797
Chapter Baseline
System variables 691F00
Date Department Sign
Designed by GC Shin 2008-05-27 SV P GS ES
Released by G. Raab 2008-05-27 SV P GS Sys2 PL
Designation
Engine Management System HMC Theta II ETC/BIN
LV_REQ_ISC LV_T_ES_RST
as well as utilization of its contents and communication there of to
MAF_ICO
others without express authorization are prohibited. Offenders will be
def......................................................................... 1074
as well as utilization of its contents and communication there of to
MAF_MIN use...........................................................................797
as well as utilization of its contents and communication there of to
MAF_MIN_COR MAP_PLS
def........................................................................... 717 def ...........................................................................632
MAF_MIN_TOT_DC MAP_PRED
def........................................................................... 690 def ...........................................................................644
MAF_MMV MAP_RCL_MMV
def........................................................................... 586 def ...........................................................................983
MAF_MMV_DIF MAP_SP
def........................................................................... 586 use...........................................................................727
MAF_PULS MFF_SP_MV
def........................................................................... 638 use.........................................................................1288
MAF_RCL MSR_C_REQ_CAN
def........................................................................... 979 def .........................................................................1326
use ................................................................ 966, 1262 use.........................................................................1331
Chapter Baseline
System variables 691F00
Date Department Sign
Designed by GC Shin 2008-05-27 SV P GS ES
Released by G. Raab 2008-05-27 SV P GS Sys2 PL
Designation
Engine Management System HMC Theta II ETC/BIN
N_GRD_H_RES N_SP_IS_ADJ_ASA
as well as utilization of its contents and communication there of to
def .........................................................................1351
others without express authorization are prohibited. Offenders will be
NC_TAM_CAN_USE
def........................................................................... 946 def .........................................................................1351
registration of a utility model or design patent are reserved.
def......................................................................... 1338
others without express authorization are prohibited. Offenders will be
SEG_T_MES_CYL
as well as utilization of its contents and communication there of to
SOAK_TIME
S def .........................................................................1347
SAF_KGH SOAK_TIME_ERROR
use ........................................................................ 1288 def .........................................................................1347
SEG_AD_COR_ER SPK_RTD_TCU
def......................................................................... 1150 def .........................................................................1330
SEG_AD_DIF_ER_0 SPK_RTD_TCU_CAN
def......................................................................... 1198 def .........................................................................1324
SEG_AD_DIF_ER_1 use.........................................................................1331
def......................................................................... 1198 SPK_TIME_CUR
SEG_AD_DIF_ER_2 def .........................................................................1347
def......................................................................... 1198 ST_EPM
SEG_AD_DIF_ER_3 def .........................................................................1220
Chapter Baseline
System variables 691F00
Date Department Sign
Designed by GC Shin 2008-05-27 SV P GS ES
Released by G. Raab 2008-05-27 SV P GS Sys2 PL
Designation
Engine Management System HMC Theta II ETC/BIN
SWI_GS_CAN T_N_RISE_GEAR_SHIFT
def......................................................................... 1323 def .........................................................................1063
registration of a utility model or design patent are reserved.
TAM_MES_MMV TEG_MES
as well as utilization of its contents and communication there of to
TOUT_CTR_TCU3 TQI_AV
def......................................................................... 1335 use............................................................... 1338, 1353
registration of a utility model or design patent are reserved.
TPS TQI_AV_EMS
def........................................................................... 877 use.........................................................................1338
use .................................................578, 632, 638, 1341 TQI_CAN
TPS_AV def .........................................................................1338
def........................................................................... 877 use.........................................................................1347
use ................................................................ 797, 1181 TQI_GS_INC_REQ
TPS_AV_1 def .........................................................................1330
def........................................................................... 877 TQI_GS_REQ
TPS_AV_2 def .........................................................................1330
def........................................................................... 877 use.........................................................................1353
TPS_CAN TQI_GS_SLOW_REQ
def......................................................................... 1341 def .........................................................................1331
TPS_ETC TQI_MAX_CAN
Chapter Baseline
System variables 691F00
Date Department Sign
Designed by GC Shin 2008-05-27 SV P GS ES
Released by G. Raab 2008-05-27 SV P GS Sys2 PL
Designation
Engine Management System HMC Theta II ETC/BIN
TTIP_MES_TOL_MMV_LS_DOWN[NC_CBK_EX_NR] VB_CAN
def......................................................................... 1075 def .........................................................................1344
registration of a utility model or design patent are reserved.
TTIP_MES_TOL_MMV_LS_UP[NC_CBK_EX_NR] VB_CMN
def......................................................................... 1091 use.........................................................................1253
TTIP_REF_MDL_MMV_LS_DOWN[NC_CBK_EX_NR] VB_MES
def......................................................................... 1074 use...........................................................................910
TTIP_REF_MDL_MMV_LS_UP[NC_CBK_EX_NR] VB_MMV
def......................................................................... 1091 def ...........................................................................916
use...........................................................................550
V VB_OFF_ACT_CAN
V_ACP_MES def .........................................................................1341
use ........................................................................ 1050 VB_SECU
V_EFC_LSH_DOWN[NC_CBK_EX_NR] def ...........................................................................911
use ........................................................................ 1075 VCC_SENS_SUB_MES
V_EFC_LSH_UP[NC_CBK_EX_NR] use............................................................... 1050, 1126
Chapter Baseline
System variables 691F00
Date Department Sign
Designed by GC Shin 2008-05-27 SV P GS ES
Released by G. Raab 2008-05-27 SV P GS Sys2 PL
Designation
Engine Management System HMC Theta II ETC/BIN
Chapter Baseline
System variables 691F00
Date Department Sign
Designed by GC Shin 2008-05-27 SV P GS ES
Released by G. Raab 2008-05-27 SV P GS Sys2 PL
Designation
Engine Management System HMC Theta II ETC/BIN
Output data:
Input data:
FUNCTION DESCRIPTION:
General information:
The function ECU-state manages detection of the operating states of the ECU and
transitions between them referring to the main inputs key detection and crankshaft
synchronization.
The ECU-state offers system events corresponding to those transitions that can be used by
other functions (e. g. ignition function that asks for ignition reset on the transition engine
running to engine stop).
Those actions are described in the specification chapter of the corresponding functions.
An important value to determine the ECU-state is the value ENG_LOCK_CDN. Here are
stored bit-wise conditions which prevent leaving the ECU-state ENG_LOCK. If anyone of
those bits becomes 1, the ECU-state will become ENG_LOCK. These conditions are:
• cross check of software and calibration data reference
held liable for payment of damages. All rights created by patent grant or
Transmittal, reproduction, dissemination and/or editing of this document
Reset
ENG_LOCK
! lv_igk
ENG_LOCK_CND
and
ENG_LOCK_CND ! ENG_LOCK_CND lv_igk
and
!lv_mu_inh_pwl_tran_es_el
!ENG_LOCK_CND
and
ENG_STOP ! lv_igk lv_igk PWL
ENG_LOCK_CND and
!lv_mu_inh_pwl_tran_es_el
Synchronisation
fast_ecu_tran_pwl_ctr =
recognized NC_FAST_TRAN_SYN_
ENG_IGK_OFF_PWL
! lv_igk
SYN_ENG_IGK_ SYN_ENG_IGK_
lv_igk
ON OFF
held liable for payment of damages. All rights created by patent grant or
Transmittal, reproduction, dissemination and/or editing of this document
1) Transition ENG_STOP -> RUN_ENG -> SYN_ENG_IGK_ON in one cycle if Synchronisation recognized (by BSW)
ENDIF
others without express authorization are prohibited. Offenders will be
as well as utilization of its contents and communication there of to
(ENG_LOCK_CDN = 0)
registration of a utility model or design patent are reserved.
4.1.6.3 PWL
IF (LV_ IGK=0) OR (LV_MU_INH_PWL_TRAN_ES_EL = 1)
THEN The condition lv_mu_inh_pwl_tran_es_el = 1 indicates that the monitoring unit
disabled the powerstages of MTC and injection outputs. IGK ON recognition is
not accepted without reset.
Chapter Baseline Include File
System variables 691F00 14402H01.00A
Date Department Sign
Designed by GC Shin 2008-05-27 SV P GS ES
Released by G. Raab 2008-05-27 SV P GS Sys2 PL
Designation
Engine Management System HMC Theta II ETC/BIN
Configuration data:
Output data:
Input data:
TCO LV_DLY_N_SP_IS LV_ACIN LV_CH
T_AST VB_MMV LV_DRI VS
LV_ST GEN_LOAD_MMV_FIL LV_ERR_MWSS LV_AT
LV_ERR_GEN_LOAD TCO_ST AMP VB
LV_ES TOIL_GB LV_PUC ERR_SYM_SLV_IVVT_IN(_EX)_1
Chapter Baseline Include File
System variables 691F00 5W400M01.00L
Date Department Sign
Designed by GC Shin 2008-05-27 SV P GS ES
Released by G. Raab 2008-05-27 SV P GS Sys2 PL
Designation
Engine Management System HMC Theta II ETC/BIN
FUNCTION DESCRIPTION:
General information:
The nominal idle speed in the engine operating state Idle (LV_IS) depends on the additional
loads, coolant temperature TCO and cranking coolant temperature TCO_ST. It is initialized
with the table corresponding to the conditions at the initialization (additional loads).
The input value LV_DLY_N_SP_IS (output from module Converter Torque) is derived from
LV_DRI including a tuneable delay time. If drive is engaged the converter torque is build up
after a short delay time (about 400 ms) if the change in engine speed setpoint for drive
engaged also is delayed the new setpoint can be adjusted more stable.
Following corrections can be done:
- Nominal Idle speed increase for fast Catalyst Heating : If Catalyst Heating function is
active, nominal idle speed offset depends on coolant temperatue (TCO), ambient
pressure (AMP), time after Start (T_AST), and gearbox (A/T, M/T)
- Nominal idle speed increase in case of vehicle rolling (VS > 0) : separate correction for
A/T and M/T
- Nominal idle speed increase in case of high transmission oil temperature for A/T vehicle
- Nominal Idle speed increase in case of low Battery Voltage : correction in Drive for low
Vehicle speed or for M/T vehicle (always active)
In general the transition from a nominal idle speed to another is performed with an adjustable
change limitation IP_N_SP_LGRD.
Exception: no change limitation is applied during catalyst heating activation – see below
Application conditions:
Activation: N <= C_N_MAX_IDLE_CALC
Deactivation: N > C_N_MAX_IDLE_CALC
N_SP_ISk = N_SP_ISk-1
Initialization: N_SP_IS = N_SP_IS_1 = N_SP_IS_2 = IP_N_SP_IS_AT or
IP_N_SP_IS_MT depending on LV_AT
N_SP_IS_3 = N_SP_IS_4 = N_SP_IS_5 = N_SP_IS_6 = 0
held liable for payment of damages. All rights created by patent grant or
Transmittal, reproduction, dissemination and/or editing of this document
Recurrence: 10 ms
registration of a utility model or design patent are reserved.
V. 5.5
N_SP_IS_8 = IP_N_SP_IS_TOIL
endif
others without express authorization are prohibited. Offenders will be
as well as utilization of its contents and communication there of to
= C_T_DLY_INC_N_SP_IS_GEN_LOAD
others without express authorization are prohibited. Offenders will be
as well as utilization of its contents and communication there of to
and T_DLY_INC_N_SP_IS_GEN_LOAD_DRI
registration of a utility model or design patent are reserved.
= C_T_DLY_INC_N_SP_IS_GEN_LOAD_DRI
endif
else If GEN_LOAD_MMV_FIL <= C_GEN_LOAD_N_SP_IS_GEN_LOAD_ACT
– C_GEN_LOAD_HYS
then T_DLY_INC_N_SP_IS_GEN_LOAD is initialized to
C_T_DLY_N_SP_IS_GEN_LOAD
and T_DLY_INC_N_SP_IS_GEN_LOAD_DRI is initialized to
N_SP_IS_GEN_LOAD is limited for each engine condition as below (depending on M/T or A/T):
Minimum Maximum
Due to the fact that this offset is applied in all conditions, care must be taken to ensure that all
engine functional requirements are fufilled even with the offset applied.
N_SP_IS_OFS_AMP = IP_N_SP_IS_OFS_AMP(AMP)
Final value
For driving off assistance, the following offset, which is determined in the module “Driving off
assistance”, has to be considered:
And also IVVT short circuit to ground error must be considered for engine stall prevention
purpose.
If LV_DRI = 0
N_SP_IS_SLV_IVVT_SCG = IP_N_SP_IS_SLV_IVVT_SCG__TCO
else N_SP_IS_SLV_IVVT_SCG = IP_N_SP_IS_SLV_IVVT_SCG_DRV__TCO
held liable for payment of damages. All rights created by patent grant or
Transmittal, reproduction, dissemination and/or editing of this document
N_SP_IS_DIF calculation
if max ( N_SP_IS_2, N_SP_IS_3, N_SP_IS_4, N_SP_IS_5,N_SP_IS_6, N_SP_IS_7,
N_SP_IS_8,
N_SP_IS_9, N_SP_IS_GEN_LOAD)N
<> max ( N_SP_IS_2, N_SP_IS_3, N_SP_IS_4, N_SP_IS_5, N_SP_IS_6, N_SP_IS_7,
N_SP_IS_8, N_SP_IS_9, N_SP_IS_GEN_LOAD)N-1
then N_SP_IS_DIFN = max ( N_SP_IS_2, N_SP_IS_3, N_SP_IS_4, N_SP_IS_5, N_SP_IS_6,
N_SP_IS_7, N_SP_IS_8, N_SP_IS_9, N_SP_IS_GEN_LOAD)N
– max ( N_SP_IS_2, N_SP_IS_3, N_SP_IS_4, N_SP_IS_5, N_SP_IS_6,
N_SP_IS_7, N_SP_IS_8, N_SP_IS_9, N_SP_IS_GEN_LOAD)N-1
else N_SP_IS_DIFN = N_SP_IS_DIFN-1
only slowly. N_SP_IS_DIF reflects only changes in the nominal engine idle speed.
others without express authorization are prohibited. Offenders will be
as well as utilization of its contents and communication there of to
Configuration data:
Output data:
Input data:
FUNCTION DESCRIPTION:
General information:
When speed is falling with high negative gradients at the actual engine speed N with N_DIF
< 0 (overspeed), an interception function should be active to prevent transient effects round
the idle speed setpoint N_SP_IS. These transient effects are normally caused by high
integral part values, which may result from activating the idle speed controller at high speed
deviations. In order to prevent such situations, a corrected setpoint N_SP_IS_COR is
calculated, which intercepts speed when falling into idle range and which leads to small
deviations in speed from the (corrected) setpoint and so to small controller outputs. This
interception function is only active in case of overspeed.
N_DIF_MMV⋅C_N_DIF_FAC in this case! This means, N_DIF_COR will then not include
as well as utilization of its contents and communication there of to
the DT1-filtering! See also chapter “Engine speed deviations N_DIF, N_DIF_MMV,
registration of a utility model or design patent are reserved.
N
N
2 N_SP_IS_COR
N_SP_IS + C_N_SP_IS_ADD_LPF_THD
1 3
N_SP_IS + C_N_SP_IS_ADD_ACT_MIN
N_SP_IS
t
LV_CT 1
If the driver hits the gas pedal (LV_CT=0) OR speed is above the threshold N_SP_IS +
C_N_SP_IS_ADD_LPF_THD AND speed is above the offset N_SP_IS +
C_N_SP_IS_ADD_ACT_MIN, the corrected idle speed setpoint N_SP_IS_COR is calculated as
a part of the actual speed, case 1 in figure 1:
upper limit value is held, case 2 in figure 1. When the driver releases the gas pedal
as well as utilization of its contents and communication there of to
(LV_CT=1) and speed is falling again, a low pass filter is activated in case
registration of a utility model or design patent are reserved.
i.e. N reaches
N
N
N_SP_IS_COR
N_SP_IS + C_N_SP_IS_ADD_LPF_THD
1
2 N_SP_IS + C_N_SP_IS_ADD_ACT_MIN
N_SP_IS
t
1
LV_CT
0
Application conditions:
Activation: ( LC_N_SP_IS_COR_CALC = 1 ) AND ( N <= C_N_MAX_IDLE_CALC )
Deactivation: ( LC_N_SP_IS_COR_CALC = 0 ) OR ( N > C_N_MAX_IDLE_CALC )
held liable for payment of damages. All rights created by patent grant or
Transmittal, reproduction, dissemination and/or editing of this document
N_SP_IS_CORk = N_SP_IS_CORk-1
as well as utilization of its contents and communication there of to
Update rate: 10 ms
C_FAC_N_SP_IS_COR
1 N_SP_IS_COR_2
Constant 1 1
Minimum 1 N_SP_IS_COR_2
1 3
N N_SP_IS_COR_1
Product
>
Relational
Operator 1
Switch2
C_N_SP_IS_ADD_ACT_MIN
max 4
Minimum additive threshold for N_SP_IS_COR
activating calulation of corrected
N_SP_IS
7 Switch1
2
N_SP_IS_COR_ADD
N_SP_IS N_SP_IS_COR_ADD
min
C_N_SP_IS_ADD_LPF_THD N_SP_IS_COR_ADD_LP_INP
>
Relational C_CRLC_N_SP_IS_COR
OR 2
Operator 2 1-(1-C_CRLC_N_SP_IS_COR)z-1 N_SP_IS_COR_3
3 NOT
LV_CT
Logical Low pass f ilter 1st order 5
Logical
Operator 1 Operator 2 N_SP_IS_COR_ADD_MMV
0
6
Constant 2 Switch N_SP_IS_COR_ADD_LP_INP
Formula section:
Figure 3: Structure calculation of N_SP_IS_COR
Initialization
N_SP_IS_COR_2 = min { C_FAC_N_SP_IS_COR, 1 } * N
N_SP_IS_COR_ADD = min {N_SP_IS_COR_2 - N_SP_IS, C_N_SP_IS_COR_LPF_THD}
ELSE N_SP_IS_COR_ADD_LP_INP = 0;
others without express authorization are prohibited. Offenders will be
as well as utilization of its contents and communication there of to
Calibration data:
Output data:
Input data:
FUNCTION DESCRIPTION:
General information:
Application conditions:
Activation: N <= C_N_MAX_IDLE_CALC
Deactivation: N > C_N_MAX_IDLE_CALC
N_DIFk = N_DIFk-1
N_DIF_CORk = N_DIF_CORk-1
N_DIF_3k = N_DIF_3k-1
Initialization: N_DIF =0 at reset
N_DIF_MMV =0 at reset
N_DIF_COR =0 at reset
Update rate: 10 ms
held liable for payment of damages. All rights created by patent grant or
Transmittal, reproduction, dissemination and/or editing of this document
Formula section:
registration of a utility model or design patent are reserved.
N_DIF calculation:
The deviation N_DIF from the nominal idle speed is defined as:
N_DIF = N_SP_IS - N
NC_N_DIF_MIN_CRLC N
N_SP_IS
N_DIF ⊕
N_DIF_MMV calculation:
After entry in Idle (LV_IS=1), N_DIF_MMV is set to N_DIF taking into account the limits
defined below. Then the moving mean value is determined:
a1) Decreasing engine speed above nominal idle speed after entry in Idle (LV_IS=1)
and conditions b.) and c.) not previously met (or N_DIF < NC_N_DIF_MIN_CRLC):
N_DIF_CRLC = 1
registration of a utility model or design patent are reserved.
N_DIF_CRLC = 1
N_DIF_CRLC = 0
Limits of N_DIF_MMV:
Description:
N_DIF_COR calculation:
N_DIF_COR is relevant for the idle controller (idle-charge actuator and ignition timing):
ELSE
N_DIF_COR = N_SP_IS_COR – N;
ENDIF;
Calibration data:
Configuration data:
others without express authorization are prohibited. Offenders will be
as well as utilization of its contents and communication there of to
Output data:
Input data:
TCO C_N_MAX_IDLE_CALC
General information:
Application conditions:
Activation: N <= C_N_MAX_IDLE_CALC
Deactivation: N > C_N_MAX_IDLE_CALC
N_MAX_TOL_STk = N_MAX_TOL_STk-1
Initialization: N_MAX_TOL_ST = IP_N_MAX_TOL_ST at reset
Update rate: 1s
Formula section:
N_MAX_TOL_ST = IP_N_MAX_TOL_ST
Calibration data:
Output data:
Input data:
N N_MAX_TOL_ST C_N_MAX_IDLE_CALC
General information:
The engine speed deviation N_DIF_ST is used as an input variable in module “Torque
control at start” for calculation TQ_ST.
Description:
Application conditions:
Activation: N <= C_N_MAX_IDLE_CALC
Deactivation: N > C_N_MAX_IDLE_CALC
N_DIF_STk = N_DIF_STk-1
Initialization: N_DIF_ST = conversion(N_MAX_TOL_ST) at reset
Update rate: 10 ms
Formula section:
N_DIF_ST = {conversion(N_MAX_TOL_ST)} - N
conversion means shift from 32 rpm to 1 rpm resolution
held liable for payment of damages. All rights created by patent grant or
Transmittal, reproduction, dissemination and/or editing of this document
Output data:
Input data:
N N_SP_IS C_N_MAX_IDLE_CALC
General information:
Application conditions:
Activation: N <= C_N_MAX_IDLE_CALC
Deactivation: N > C_N_MAX_IDLE_CALC
N_SP_IS_RATIOk = N_SP_IS_RATIOk-1
N_SP_IS_RATIO_ASRk = N_SP_IS_RATIO_ASRk-1
Initialization: N_SP_IS_RATIO = N_SP_IS_RATIO_ASR = 0 at reset
Updat Rate: 10 ms
Formula section:
N_SP_IS_RATIO = N / N_SP_IS
Calibration data:
Input data:
N_SP_IS_TCU N VS LV_AT
LV_N_INC_TCU_REQ LV_N_LIM_ETC_LIH LV_ERR_TPS LV_ERR_ISA_1
LV_ERR_ISA_2 LV_ERR_PVS LV_CT LV_MSR_ACT
LV_IGK LV_ERR_CAN_BUS_OFF LV_ERR_TIMEOUT_TCU1 LV_ERR_CAN_FRF
LV_ERR_CAN LV_ERR_VS N_TUR_CONV
Calibration data:
FUNCTION DESCRIPTION:
General information:
The engine speed setpoint request for AT is calculated in this module, after plausibility check of
N_SP_IS_TCU = engine speed setpoint request from TCU.
Monitoring is done in "Transmission control unit diagnosis".
Application conditions:
Recurrence: 10ms
Activation:
Enable conditions
LV_AT = 1
Recurrence: 10 ms
If LV_N_INC_TCU_ACT = 1
Then T_MAX_N_INC_ACT incremented until FFFF H
Else T_MAX_N_INC_ACT is initialized with 0
Maximum requested time for the engine speed controller to be active. If this time is exceeded
the request is set as not plausible.
If LV_N_INC_TCU_REQ = 0 -> 1
Then N_INC_OLD = N
Endif
If LC_N_INC_TCU_REQ = 1
registration of a utility model or design patent are reserved.
Output data:
Input data:
FUNCTION DESCRIPTION:
General information:
Several conditions can activate an engine speed limit. The actual engine speed limit is
calculated as minimal selection of all requests.
Several conditions can activate an engine speed limit:
a1) Engine speed limit for stopped vehicle :
a2) Engine speed limit for highest gear ratio in A/T or M/T-vehicle:
a3) Engine speed limit in case of vehicle speed signal error
a4) Engine speed limit in case of throttle position signal error, mass air flow sensor error or
in case of engine speed limitation required by monitoring concept
a5) Engine speed limitation for vehicle speed limitation:
a6) Engine speed limitation in case of CRK error with limp-home activated
a7) Engine speed limitation in case of CAM error with limp-home activated
a8) Engine speed limitation in case of CAM chain ONE_TOOTH_OFF
a9) Engine speed limitation in case of PVS limp-home activated
a10) Engine speed limitation in case of gearbox in neutral
a11) Engine speed limitation in case of too high engine oil temperature
a12) Engine speed limitation in case of sustained engine speed limiter driving
N_MAX_THD = NC_N_REF_MAX
as well as utilization of its contents and communication there of to
N_MAX_NEUTRAL = NC_N_REF_MAX
N_MAX_TOIL = NC_N_REF_MAX
LV_N_MAX_TOIL = 0
LV_N_MAX_VS_0 = 0
LV_N_MAX_GR = 0
LV_N_MAX_VS_ERR = 0
LV_VS_MAX = 0
Formula section:
a1) Engine speed limit for stopped vehicle :
In order to prevent the catalyst system from over-heating, it is detected if the engine speed
stays high with vehicle stopped during a pre-defined time.
if VS = 0
and LV_CT = 0
and LV_DRI = 0
and TCO > C_TCO_N_MAX_VS_0
1
and ( N_32 > C_N_MAX_VS_0 or LV_N_MAX_VS_0 = 1 ) )
and LV_ERR_CRK = 0
and LV_ERR_CAM_IN_i = 0
and LV_ERR_TCO = 0
and LV_ERR_TCO_STUCK = 0
and LV_ERR_TCO_GRD = 0
and LV_ERR_TCO_PLAUS = 0
and LV_ERR_VS = 0
and LV_ERR_MWSS = 0
then increment T_N_MAX_VS_0_1 (Do NOT reset value if saturation is reached)
if T_N_MAX_VS_0_1 > C_T_N_MAX_VS_0
then LV_N_MAX_VS_0 = 1
and increment T_N_MAX_VS_0_2 (Do NOT reset value if saturation
is reached)
held liable for payment of damages. All rights created by patent grant or
Transmittal, reproduction, dissemination and/or editing of this document
else LV_N_MAX_VS_0 = 0
registration of a utility model or design patent are reserved.
1
) This special condition permits to check the N threshold only for activation of
LV_N_MAX_VS_0. Once LV_N_MAX_VS_0 is set, the N condition must not be checked
anymore.
a2) Engine speed limit for highest gear ratio in A/T or M/T-vehicle:
With highest gear an engine speed limitation can be activated to protect the cardan joints.
if LV_ERR_VS = 0
and LV_ERR_MWSS = 0
and { ( LV_AT = 0 and GR_MT >= C_GR_MT )
or ( LV_AT = 1 and GR_AT >= C_GR_AT ) }
then N_MAX_GR = C_N_MAX_GR
and LV_N_MAX_GR =1
else N_MAX_GR = NC_N_REF_MAX
and LV_N_MAX_GR =0
if ( LV_ERR_VS = 1 or LV_ERR_MWSS = 1 )
and { (LV_AT = 1 and GR_AT >= C_GR_AT )
or LV_AT = 0 }
then N_MAX_VS_ERR = C_N_MAX_VS_ERR
and LV_N_MAX_VS_ERR = 1
else N_MAX_VS_ERR = NC_N_REF_MAX
LV_N_MAX_VS_ERR = 0
a4) Engine speed limitation request by the ETC limp home management or Monitoring
Concept
endif
endif
In case of vehicle speed limitation the engine speed limitation will be activated.
VS_LIM = max{ VS, (VS_MAX/32) }
(to avoid division by zero and to ensure no overflow of VS_RATIO)
VS_RATIO = VS_MAX / VS_LIM
N_MAX_VS_MAX = N * VS_RATIO
if VS_RATIO <= 1.0
then LV_VS_MAX = 1
else LV_VS_MAX = 0
endif
a6) Engine speed limitation in case of CRK error with limp-home activated
if LV_ACT_LIH_CRK_CAM_IN_1 = 1
then N_MAX_CRK_LIH = C_N_MAX_CRK_LIH
else N_MAX_CRK_LIH = NC_N_REF_MAX
a7) Engine speed limitation in case of CRK error with limp-home activated
if LV_LIH_ERR_CAM = 1
then N_MAX_CAM_LIH = C_N_MAX_CAM_LIH
else N_MAX_CAM_LIH = NC_N_REF_MAX
if LV_ACT_PVS_LIH = 1
then N_MAX_PVS_LIH = C_N_MAX_PVS_LIH
LV_N_MAX_PVS_LIH = 1
else N_MAX_PVS_LIH = NC_N_REF_MAX
LV_N_MAX_PVS_LIH = 0
endIf
a11) Engine speed limitation in case of too high engine oil temperature
if TOIL ≥ C_TOIL_THD_N_MAX and LV_N_MAX_TOIL = 0
then LV_N_MAX_TOIL = 1(keep 1 until below 'else' conditions are fulfilled.)
else if TOIL < C_TOIL_THD_N_MAX – C_TOIL_HYS_N_MAX
and LV_N_MAX_TOIL = 1
then LV_N_MAX_TOIL = 0
If LV_N_MAX_TOIL = 1
then if LV_AT = 0
then N_MAX_TOIL = IP_N_MAX_TOIL_MT
else N_MAX_TOIL = IP_N_MAX_TOIL_AT
else N_MAX_TOIL = NC_N_REF_MAX
a12) Engine speed limitation in case of sustained engine speed limiter driving
• A counter counts up when the engine speed limit is above the threshold
• When the counter reaches a threshold the engine speed limit is ramped down
• The counter is decremented when the engine limiter is not active
• When the counter reaches zero, the higher engine speed limit is allowed again
else
registration of a utility model or design patent are reserved.
N_MAX_ONE_TOOTH_OFF,
others without express authorization are prohibited. Offenders will be
as well as utilization of its contents and communication there of to
N_MAX_PVS_LIH,
registration of a utility model or design patent are reserved.
N_MAX_NEUTRAL,
N_MAX_TOIL
N_MAX_BAS ) }
Configuration data:
Output Data:
Input Data:
Calibration Data:
General Information
The air mass flow MAF_KGH is determined depending on the presence of an air mass flow meter
in the system.
- If no air mass flow meter is present, the intake manifold model based MAF_THR is copied to
MAF_KGH.
- In a MAF controlled system the measured air mass flow is copied to MAF_KGH.
held liable for payment of damages. All rights created by patent grant or
Transmittal, reproduction, dissemination and/or editing of this document
MAF_DIF is the increase of MAF over the previous segment. In case of two-segment synchronous
as well as utilization of its contents and communication there of to
In the case of rapidly falling load, the transition to (LV_PUC) can be accelerated in order to avoid
an engine speed run-up, which is undesirable. To trigger this function (see the following chapters:
ignition, ignition angle correction for trailing throttle) some load conditions have to be fulfilled.
fc()
output
6 INI
NC_MAF_CONF
1 function()
MAF_THR
2
2 MAF_DIF
MAF_KGH_MES 1
input MAF_DIF: OV
MAF_KGH: OV MAF_KGH
3 MAF_MMV: OV 3
LV_MAF_CTL MAF_MMV_DIF: OV MAF_MMV
4
4 output
MAF_MMV_DIF
MAF
5 V. 5.8
SEG_INC feedback
X
OPM
SDA_SRS / SDA V 5.0.2 03−Feb−2006
Figure 1:
Path: INSY_SELCTMAF0
4.5.1 Initialization:
4.5.1.1 Initialization at reset and ERU2ES:
0 1
MAF_KGH
V. 5.5
0 2
MAF_DIF
V. 5.5
0 3
V. 5.5
MAF_MMV
0 4
held liable for payment of damages. All rights created by patent grant or
Transmittal, reproduction, dissemination and/or editing of this document
MAF_MMV_DIF
V. 5.5
others without express authorization are prohibited. Offenders will be
as well as utilization of its contents and communication there of to
Figure 2:
registration of a utility model or design patent are reserved.
Path: INSY_SELCTMAF0/INI/INI_RST_ERU2ES
#if
NC_MAF_CONF
> #cond_if
#else
0